Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-hppa.c revision 1.1
      1  1.1  christos /* BFD back-end for HP PA-RISC ELF files.
      2  1.1  christos    Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001,
      3  1.1  christos    2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
      4  1.1  christos    Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      5  1.1  christos 
      6  1.1  christos    Original code by
      7  1.1  christos 	Center for Software Science
      8  1.1  christos 	Department of Computer Science
      9  1.1  christos 	University of Utah
     10  1.1  christos    Largely rewritten by Alan Modra <alan (at) linuxcare.com.au>
     11  1.1  christos    Naming cleanup by Carlos O'Donell <carlos (at) systemhalted.org>
     12  1.1  christos    TLS support written by Randolph Chung <tausq (at) debian.org>
     13  1.1  christos 
     14  1.1  christos    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
     15  1.1  christos 
     16  1.1  christos    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     17  1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     18  1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     19  1.1  christos    (at your option) any later version.
     20  1.1  christos 
     21  1.1  christos    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     22  1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     23  1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     24  1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     25  1.1  christos 
     26  1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     27  1.1  christos    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     28  1.1  christos    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     29  1.1  christos    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     30  1.1  christos 
     31  1.1  christos #include "sysdep.h"
     32  1.1  christos #include "bfd.h"
     33  1.1  christos #include "libbfd.h"
     34  1.1  christos #include "elf-bfd.h"
     35  1.1  christos #include "elf/hppa.h"
     36  1.1  christos #include "libhppa.h"
     37  1.1  christos #include "elf32-hppa.h"
     38  1.1  christos #define ARCH_SIZE		32
     39  1.1  christos #include "elf32-hppa.h"
     40  1.1  christos #include "elf-hppa.h"
     41  1.1  christos 
     42  1.1  christos /* In order to gain some understanding of code in this file without
     43  1.1  christos    knowing all the intricate details of the linker, note the
     44  1.1  christos    following:
     45  1.1  christos 
     46  1.1  christos    Functions named elf32_hppa_* are called by external routines, other
     47  1.1  christos    functions are only called locally.  elf32_hppa_* functions appear
     48  1.1  christos    in this file more or less in the order in which they are called
     49  1.1  christos    from external routines.  eg. elf32_hppa_check_relocs is called
     50  1.1  christos    early in the link process, elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_sections is
     51  1.1  christos    one of the last functions.  */
     52  1.1  christos 
     53  1.1  christos /* We use two hash tables to hold information for linking PA ELF objects.
     54  1.1  christos 
     55  1.1  christos    The first is the elf32_hppa_link_hash_table which is derived
     56  1.1  christos    from the standard ELF linker hash table.  We use this as a place to
     57  1.1  christos    attach other hash tables and static information.
     58  1.1  christos 
     59  1.1  christos    The second is the stub hash table which is derived from the
     60  1.1  christos    base BFD hash table.  The stub hash table holds the information
     61  1.1  christos    necessary to build the linker stubs during a link.
     62  1.1  christos 
     63  1.1  christos    There are a number of different stubs generated by the linker.
     64  1.1  christos 
     65  1.1  christos    Long branch stub:
     66  1.1  christos    :		ldil LR'X,%r1
     67  1.1  christos    :		be,n RR'X(%sr4,%r1)
     68  1.1  christos 
     69  1.1  christos    PIC long branch stub:
     70  1.1  christos    :		b,l .+8,%r1
     71  1.1  christos    :		addil LR'X - ($PIC_pcrel$0 - 4),%r1
     72  1.1  christos    :		be,n RR'X - ($PIC_pcrel$0 - 8)(%sr4,%r1)
     73  1.1  christos 
     74  1.1  christos    Import stub to call shared library routine from normal object file
     75  1.1  christos    (single sub-space version)
     76  1.1  christos    :		addil LR'lt_ptr+ltoff,%dp	; get procedure entry point
     77  1.1  christos    :		ldw RR'lt_ptr+ltoff(%r1),%r21
     78  1.1  christos    :		bv %r0(%r21)
     79  1.1  christos    :		ldw RR'lt_ptr+ltoff+4(%r1),%r19	; get new dlt value.
     80  1.1  christos 
     81  1.1  christos    Import stub to call shared library routine from shared library
     82  1.1  christos    (single sub-space version)
     83  1.1  christos    :		addil LR'ltoff,%r19		; get procedure entry point
     84  1.1  christos    :		ldw RR'ltoff(%r1),%r21
     85  1.1  christos    :		bv %r0(%r21)
     86  1.1  christos    :		ldw RR'ltoff+4(%r1),%r19	; get new dlt value.
     87  1.1  christos 
     88  1.1  christos    Import stub to call shared library routine from normal object file
     89  1.1  christos    (multiple sub-space support)
     90  1.1  christos    :		addil LR'lt_ptr+ltoff,%dp	; get procedure entry point
     91  1.1  christos    :		ldw RR'lt_ptr+ltoff(%r1),%r21
     92  1.1  christos    :		ldw RR'lt_ptr+ltoff+4(%r1),%r19	; get new dlt value.
     93  1.1  christos    :		ldsid (%r21),%r1
     94  1.1  christos    :		mtsp %r1,%sr0
     95  1.1  christos    :		be 0(%sr0,%r21)			; branch to target
     96  1.1  christos    :		stw %rp,-24(%sp)		; save rp
     97  1.1  christos 
     98  1.1  christos    Import stub to call shared library routine from shared library
     99  1.1  christos    (multiple sub-space support)
    100  1.1  christos    :		addil LR'ltoff,%r19		; get procedure entry point
    101  1.1  christos    :		ldw RR'ltoff(%r1),%r21
    102  1.1  christos    :		ldw RR'ltoff+4(%r1),%r19	; get new dlt value.
    103  1.1  christos    :		ldsid (%r21),%r1
    104  1.1  christos    :		mtsp %r1,%sr0
    105  1.1  christos    :		be 0(%sr0,%r21)			; branch to target
    106  1.1  christos    :		stw %rp,-24(%sp)		; save rp
    107  1.1  christos 
    108  1.1  christos    Export stub to return from shared lib routine (multiple sub-space support)
    109  1.1  christos    One of these is created for each exported procedure in a shared
    110  1.1  christos    library (and stored in the shared lib).  Shared lib routines are
    111  1.1  christos    called via the first instruction in the export stub so that we can
    112  1.1  christos    do an inter-space return.  Not required for single sub-space.
    113  1.1  christos    :		bl,n X,%rp			; trap the return
    114  1.1  christos    :		nop
    115  1.1  christos    :		ldw -24(%sp),%rp		; restore the original rp
    116  1.1  christos    :		ldsid (%rp),%r1
    117  1.1  christos    :		mtsp %r1,%sr0
    118  1.1  christos    :		be,n 0(%sr0,%rp)		; inter-space return.  */
    119  1.1  christos 
    120  1.1  christos 
    121  1.1  christos /* Variable names follow a coding style.
    122  1.1  christos    Please follow this (Apps Hungarian) style:
    123  1.1  christos 
    124  1.1  christos    Structure/Variable         		Prefix
    125  1.1  christos    elf_link_hash_table			"etab"
    126  1.1  christos    elf_link_hash_entry			"eh"
    127  1.1  christos 
    128  1.1  christos    elf32_hppa_link_hash_table		"htab"
    129  1.1  christos    elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry		"hh"
    130  1.1  christos 
    131  1.1  christos    bfd_hash_table			"btab"
    132  1.1  christos    bfd_hash_entry			"bh"
    133  1.1  christos 
    134  1.1  christos    bfd_hash_table containing stubs	"bstab"
    135  1.1  christos    elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry		"hsh"
    136  1.1  christos 
    137  1.1  christos    elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry		"hdh"
    138  1.1  christos 
    139  1.1  christos    Always remember to use GNU Coding Style. */
    140  1.1  christos 
    141  1.1  christos #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 8
    142  1.1  christos #define GOT_ENTRY_SIZE 4
    143  1.1  christos #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ld.so.1"
    144  1.1  christos 
    145  1.1  christos static const bfd_byte plt_stub[] =
    146  1.1  christos {
    147  1.1  christos   0x0e, 0x80, 0x10, 0x96,  /* 1: ldw	0(%r20),%r22		*/
    148  1.1  christos   0xea, 0xc0, 0xc0, 0x00,  /*    bv	%r0(%r22)		*/
    149  1.1  christos   0x0e, 0x88, 0x10, 0x95,  /*    ldw	4(%r20),%r21		*/
    150  1.1  christos #define PLT_STUB_ENTRY (3*4)
    151  1.1  christos   0xea, 0x9f, 0x1f, 0xdd,  /*    b,l	1b,%r20			*/
    152  1.1  christos   0xd6, 0x80, 0x1c, 0x1e,  /*    depi	0,31,2,%r20		*/
    153  1.1  christos   0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xee,  /* 9: .word	fixup_func		*/
    154  1.1  christos   0xde, 0xad, 0xbe, 0xef   /*    .word	fixup_ltp		*/
    155  1.1  christos };
    156  1.1  christos 
    157  1.1  christos /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
    158  1.1  christos    string.  */
    159  1.1  christos #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
    160  1.1  christos 
    161  1.1  christos /* We don't need to copy certain PC- or GP-relative dynamic relocs
    162  1.1  christos    into a shared object's dynamic section.  All the relocs of the
    163  1.1  christos    limited class we are interested in, are absolute.  */
    164  1.1  christos #ifndef RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
    165  1.1  christos #define RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS 0
    166  1.1  christos #define IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC(r_type) 1
    167  1.1  christos #endif
    168  1.1  christos 
    169  1.1  christos /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
    170  1.1  christos    copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
    171  1.1  christos    section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
    172  1.1  christos    shared lib.  */
    173  1.1  christos #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
    174  1.1  christos 
    175  1.1  christos enum elf32_hppa_stub_type
    176  1.1  christos {
    177  1.1  christos   hppa_stub_long_branch,
    178  1.1  christos   hppa_stub_long_branch_shared,
    179  1.1  christos   hppa_stub_import,
    180  1.1  christos   hppa_stub_import_shared,
    181  1.1  christos   hppa_stub_export,
    182  1.1  christos   hppa_stub_none
    183  1.1  christos };
    184  1.1  christos 
    185  1.1  christos struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry
    186  1.1  christos {
    187  1.1  christos   /* Base hash table entry structure.  */
    188  1.1  christos   struct bfd_hash_entry bh_root;
    189  1.1  christos 
    190  1.1  christos   /* The stub section.  */
    191  1.1  christos   asection *stub_sec;
    192  1.1  christos 
    193  1.1  christos   /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub.  */
    194  1.1  christos   bfd_vma stub_offset;
    195  1.1  christos 
    196  1.1  christos   /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
    197  1.1  christos      value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump.  */
    198  1.1  christos   bfd_vma target_value;
    199  1.1  christos   asection *target_section;
    200  1.1  christos 
    201  1.1  christos   enum elf32_hppa_stub_type stub_type;
    202  1.1  christos 
    203  1.1  christos   /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from.  */
    204  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
    205  1.1  christos 
    206  1.1  christos   /* Where this stub is being called from, or, in the case of combined
    207  1.1  christos      stub sections, the first input section in the group.  */
    208  1.1  christos   asection *id_sec;
    209  1.1  christos };
    210  1.1  christos 
    211  1.1  christos struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry
    212  1.1  christos {
    213  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry eh;
    214  1.1  christos 
    215  1.1  christos   /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
    216  1.1  christos      symbol.  */
    217  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh_cache;
    218  1.1  christos 
    219  1.1  christos   /* Used to count relocations for delayed sizing of relocation
    220  1.1  christos      sections.  */
    221  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry
    222  1.1  christos   {
    223  1.1  christos     /* Next relocation in the chain.  */
    224  1.1  christos     struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_next;
    225  1.1  christos 
    226  1.1  christos     /* The input section of the reloc.  */
    227  1.1  christos     asection *sec;
    228  1.1  christos 
    229  1.1  christos     /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
    230  1.1  christos     bfd_size_type count;
    231  1.1  christos 
    232  1.1  christos #if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
    233  1.1  christos   /* Number of relative relocs copied for the input section.  */
    234  1.1  christos     bfd_size_type relative_count;
    235  1.1  christos #endif
    236  1.1  christos   } *dyn_relocs;
    237  1.1  christos 
    238  1.1  christos   enum
    239  1.1  christos   {
    240  1.1  christos     GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL = 1, GOT_TLS_GD = 2, GOT_TLS_LDM = 4, GOT_TLS_IE = 8
    241  1.1  christos   } tls_type;
    242  1.1  christos 
    243  1.1  christos   /* Set if this symbol is used by a plabel reloc.  */
    244  1.1  christos   unsigned int plabel:1;
    245  1.1  christos };
    246  1.1  christos 
    247  1.1  christos struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table
    248  1.1  christos {
    249  1.1  christos   /* The main hash table.  */
    250  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table etab;
    251  1.1  christos 
    252  1.1  christos   /* The stub hash table.  */
    253  1.1  christos   struct bfd_hash_table bstab;
    254  1.1  christos 
    255  1.1  christos   /* Linker stub bfd.  */
    256  1.1  christos   bfd *stub_bfd;
    257  1.1  christos 
    258  1.1  christos   /* Linker call-backs.  */
    259  1.1  christos   asection * (*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *);
    260  1.1  christos   void (*layout_sections_again) (void);
    261  1.1  christos 
    262  1.1  christos   /* Array to keep track of which stub sections have been created, and
    263  1.1  christos      information on stub grouping.  */
    264  1.1  christos   struct map_stub
    265  1.1  christos   {
    266  1.1  christos     /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be
    267  1.1  christos        attached.  */
    268  1.1  christos     asection *link_sec;
    269  1.1  christos     /* The stub section.  */
    270  1.1  christos     asection *stub_sec;
    271  1.1  christos   } *stub_group;
    272  1.1  christos 
    273  1.1  christos   /* Assorted information used by elf32_hppa_size_stubs.  */
    274  1.1  christos   unsigned int bfd_count;
    275  1.1  christos   int top_index;
    276  1.1  christos   asection **input_list;
    277  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Sym **all_local_syms;
    278  1.1  christos 
    279  1.1  christos   /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
    280  1.1  christos   asection *sgot;
    281  1.1  christos   asection *srelgot;
    282  1.1  christos   asection *splt;
    283  1.1  christos   asection *srelplt;
    284  1.1  christos   asection *sdynbss;
    285  1.1  christos   asection *srelbss;
    286  1.1  christos 
    287  1.1  christos   /* Used during a final link to store the base of the text and data
    288  1.1  christos      segments so that we can perform SEGREL relocations.  */
    289  1.1  christos   bfd_vma text_segment_base;
    290  1.1  christos   bfd_vma data_segment_base;
    291  1.1  christos 
    292  1.1  christos   /* Whether we support multiple sub-spaces for shared libs.  */
    293  1.1  christos   unsigned int multi_subspace:1;
    294  1.1  christos 
    295  1.1  christos   /* Flags set when various size branches are detected.  Used to
    296  1.1  christos      select suitable defaults for the stub group size.  */
    297  1.1  christos   unsigned int has_12bit_branch:1;
    298  1.1  christos   unsigned int has_17bit_branch:1;
    299  1.1  christos   unsigned int has_22bit_branch:1;
    300  1.1  christos 
    301  1.1  christos   /* Set if we need a .plt stub to support lazy dynamic linking.  */
    302  1.1  christos   unsigned int need_plt_stub:1;
    303  1.1  christos 
    304  1.1  christos   /* Small local sym cache.  */
    305  1.1  christos   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
    306  1.1  christos 
    307  1.1  christos   /* Data for LDM relocations.  */
    308  1.1  christos   union
    309  1.1  christos   {
    310  1.1  christos     bfd_signed_vma refcount;
    311  1.1  christos     bfd_vma offset;
    312  1.1  christos   } tls_ldm_got;
    313  1.1  christos };
    314  1.1  christos 
    315  1.1  christos /* Various hash macros and functions.  */
    316  1.1  christos #define hppa_link_hash_table(p) \
    317  1.1  christos   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
    318  1.1  christos   == HPPA32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
    319  1.1  christos 
    320  1.1  christos #define hppa_elf_hash_entry(ent) \
    321  1.1  christos   ((struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
    322  1.1  christos 
    323  1.1  christos #define hppa_stub_hash_entry(ent) \
    324  1.1  christos   ((struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *)(ent))
    325  1.1  christos 
    326  1.1  christos #define hppa_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
    327  1.1  christos   ((struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *) \
    328  1.1  christos    bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
    329  1.1  christos 
    330  1.1  christos #define hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type(abfd) \
    331  1.1  christos   ((char *)(elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) + (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_info * 2)))
    332  1.1  christos 
    333  1.1  christos #define hh_name(hh) \
    334  1.1  christos   (hh ? hh->eh.root.root.string : "<undef>")
    335  1.1  christos 
    336  1.1  christos #define eh_name(eh) \
    337  1.1  christos   (eh ? eh->root.root.string : "<undef>")
    338  1.1  christos 
    339  1.1  christos /* Assorted hash table functions.  */
    340  1.1  christos 
    341  1.1  christos /* Initialize an entry in the stub hash table.  */
    342  1.1  christos 
    343  1.1  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    344  1.1  christos stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    345  1.1  christos 		   struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    346  1.1  christos 		   const char *string)
    347  1.1  christos {
    348  1.1  christos   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    349  1.1  christos      subclass.  */
    350  1.1  christos   if (entry == NULL)
    351  1.1  christos     {
    352  1.1  christos       entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    353  1.1  christos 				 sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry));
    354  1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
    355  1.1  christos 	return entry;
    356  1.1  christos     }
    357  1.1  christos 
    358  1.1  christos   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    359  1.1  christos   entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
    360  1.1  christos   if (entry != NULL)
    361  1.1  christos     {
    362  1.1  christos       struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
    363  1.1  christos 
    364  1.1  christos       /* Initialize the local fields.  */
    365  1.1  christos       hsh = hppa_stub_hash_entry (entry);
    366  1.1  christos       hsh->stub_sec = NULL;
    367  1.1  christos       hsh->stub_offset = 0;
    368  1.1  christos       hsh->target_value = 0;
    369  1.1  christos       hsh->target_section = NULL;
    370  1.1  christos       hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_long_branch;
    371  1.1  christos       hsh->hh = NULL;
    372  1.1  christos       hsh->id_sec = NULL;
    373  1.1  christos     }
    374  1.1  christos 
    375  1.1  christos   return entry;
    376  1.1  christos }
    377  1.1  christos 
    378  1.1  christos /* Initialize an entry in the link hash table.  */
    379  1.1  christos 
    380  1.1  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    381  1.1  christos hppa_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    382  1.1  christos 			struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    383  1.1  christos 			const char *string)
    384  1.1  christos {
    385  1.1  christos   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    386  1.1  christos      subclass.  */
    387  1.1  christos   if (entry == NULL)
    388  1.1  christos     {
    389  1.1  christos       entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    390  1.1  christos 				 sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry));
    391  1.1  christos       if (entry == NULL)
    392  1.1  christos 	return entry;
    393  1.1  christos     }
    394  1.1  christos 
    395  1.1  christos   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    396  1.1  christos   entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
    397  1.1  christos   if (entry != NULL)
    398  1.1  christos     {
    399  1.1  christos       struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
    400  1.1  christos 
    401  1.1  christos       /* Initialize the local fields.  */
    402  1.1  christos       hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (entry);
    403  1.1  christos       hh->hsh_cache = NULL;
    404  1.1  christos       hh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
    405  1.1  christos       hh->plabel = 0;
    406  1.1  christos       hh->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
    407  1.1  christos     }
    408  1.1  christos 
    409  1.1  christos   return entry;
    410  1.1  christos }
    411  1.1  christos 
    412  1.1  christos /* Create the derived linker hash table.  The PA ELF port uses the derived
    413  1.1  christos    hash table to keep information specific to the PA ELF linker (without
    414  1.1  christos    using static variables).  */
    415  1.1  christos 
    416  1.1  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    417  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    418  1.1  christos {
    419  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
    420  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*htab);
    421  1.1  christos 
    422  1.1  christos   htab = bfd_malloc (amt);
    423  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
    424  1.1  christos     return NULL;
    425  1.1  christos 
    426  1.1  christos   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab->etab, abfd, hppa_link_hash_newfunc,
    427  1.1  christos 				      sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry),
    428  1.1  christos 				      HPPA32_ELF_DATA))
    429  1.1  christos     {
    430  1.1  christos       free (htab);
    431  1.1  christos       return NULL;
    432  1.1  christos     }
    433  1.1  christos 
    434  1.1  christos   /* Init the stub hash table too.  */
    435  1.1  christos   if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab->bstab, stub_hash_newfunc,
    436  1.1  christos 			    sizeof (struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry)))
    437  1.1  christos     return NULL;
    438  1.1  christos 
    439  1.1  christos   htab->stub_bfd = NULL;
    440  1.1  christos   htab->add_stub_section = NULL;
    441  1.1  christos   htab->layout_sections_again = NULL;
    442  1.1  christos   htab->stub_group = NULL;
    443  1.1  christos   htab->sgot = NULL;
    444  1.1  christos   htab->srelgot = NULL;
    445  1.1  christos   htab->splt = NULL;
    446  1.1  christos   htab->srelplt = NULL;
    447  1.1  christos   htab->sdynbss = NULL;
    448  1.1  christos   htab->srelbss = NULL;
    449  1.1  christos   htab->text_segment_base = (bfd_vma) -1;
    450  1.1  christos   htab->data_segment_base = (bfd_vma) -1;
    451  1.1  christos   htab->multi_subspace = 0;
    452  1.1  christos   htab->has_12bit_branch = 0;
    453  1.1  christos   htab->has_17bit_branch = 0;
    454  1.1  christos   htab->has_22bit_branch = 0;
    455  1.1  christos   htab->need_plt_stub = 0;
    456  1.1  christos   htab->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
    457  1.1  christos   htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
    458  1.1  christos 
    459  1.1  christos   return &htab->etab.root;
    460  1.1  christos }
    461  1.1  christos 
    462  1.1  christos /* Free the derived linker hash table.  */
    463  1.1  christos 
    464  1.1  christos static void
    465  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_free (struct bfd_link_hash_table *btab)
    466  1.1  christos {
    467  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab
    468  1.1  christos     = (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *) btab;
    469  1.1  christos 
    470  1.1  christos   bfd_hash_table_free (&htab->bstab);
    471  1.1  christos   _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (btab);
    472  1.1  christos }
    473  1.1  christos 
    474  1.1  christos /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table.  */
    475  1.1  christos 
    476  1.1  christos static char *
    477  1.1  christos hppa_stub_name (const asection *input_section,
    478  1.1  christos 		const asection *sym_sec,
    479  1.1  christos 		const struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
    480  1.1  christos 		const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
    481  1.1  christos {
    482  1.1  christos   char *stub_name;
    483  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type len;
    484  1.1  christos 
    485  1.1  christos   if (hh)
    486  1.1  christos     {
    487  1.1  christos       len = 8 + 1 + strlen (hh_name (hh)) + 1 + 8 + 1;
    488  1.1  christos       stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
    489  1.1  christos       if (stub_name != NULL)
    490  1.1  christos 	sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%s+%x",
    491  1.1  christos 		 input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
    492  1.1  christos 		 hh_name (hh),
    493  1.1  christos 		 (int) rela->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
    494  1.1  christos     }
    495  1.1  christos   else
    496  1.1  christos     {
    497  1.1  christos       len = 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
    498  1.1  christos       stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
    499  1.1  christos       if (stub_name != NULL)
    500  1.1  christos 	sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%x:%x+%x",
    501  1.1  christos 		 input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
    502  1.1  christos 		 sym_sec->id & 0xffffffff,
    503  1.1  christos 		 (int) ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info) & 0xffffffff,
    504  1.1  christos 		 (int) rela->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
    505  1.1  christos     }
    506  1.1  christos   return stub_name;
    507  1.1  christos }
    508  1.1  christos 
    509  1.1  christos /* Look up an entry in the stub hash.  Stub entries are cached because
    510  1.1  christos    creating the stub name takes a bit of time.  */
    511  1.1  christos 
    512  1.1  christos static struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *
    513  1.1  christos hppa_get_stub_entry (const asection *input_section,
    514  1.1  christos 		     const asection *sym_sec,
    515  1.1  christos 		     struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
    516  1.1  christos 		     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
    517  1.1  christos 		     struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab)
    518  1.1  christos {
    519  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh_entry;
    520  1.1  christos   const asection *id_sec;
    521  1.1  christos 
    522  1.1  christos   /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
    523  1.1  christos      stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
    524  1.1  christos      Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
    525  1.1  christos      more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
    526  1.1  christos      distinguish between them.  */
    527  1.1  christos   id_sec = htab->stub_group[input_section->id].link_sec;
    528  1.1  christos 
    529  1.1  christos   if (hh != NULL && hh->hsh_cache != NULL
    530  1.1  christos       && hh->hsh_cache->hh == hh
    531  1.1  christos       && hh->hsh_cache->id_sec == id_sec)
    532  1.1  christos     {
    533  1.1  christos       hsh_entry = hh->hsh_cache;
    534  1.1  christos     }
    535  1.1  christos   else
    536  1.1  christos     {
    537  1.1  christos       char *stub_name;
    538  1.1  christos 
    539  1.1  christos       stub_name = hppa_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, hh, rela);
    540  1.1  christos       if (stub_name == NULL)
    541  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
    542  1.1  christos 
    543  1.1  christos       hsh_entry = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab,
    544  1.1  christos 					  stub_name, FALSE, FALSE);
    545  1.1  christos       if (hh != NULL)
    546  1.1  christos 	hh->hsh_cache = hsh_entry;
    547  1.1  christos 
    548  1.1  christos       free (stub_name);
    549  1.1  christos     }
    550  1.1  christos 
    551  1.1  christos   return hsh_entry;
    552  1.1  christos }
    553  1.1  christos 
    554  1.1  christos /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash.  Not all fields of the new
    555  1.1  christos    stub entry are initialised.  */
    556  1.1  christos 
    557  1.1  christos static struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *
    558  1.1  christos hppa_add_stub (const char *stub_name,
    559  1.1  christos 	       asection *section,
    560  1.1  christos 	       struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab)
    561  1.1  christos {
    562  1.1  christos   asection *link_sec;
    563  1.1  christos   asection *stub_sec;
    564  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
    565  1.1  christos 
    566  1.1  christos   link_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].link_sec;
    567  1.1  christos   stub_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].stub_sec;
    568  1.1  christos   if (stub_sec == NULL)
    569  1.1  christos     {
    570  1.1  christos       stub_sec = htab->stub_group[link_sec->id].stub_sec;
    571  1.1  christos       if (stub_sec == NULL)
    572  1.1  christos 	{
    573  1.1  christos 	  size_t namelen;
    574  1.1  christos 	  bfd_size_type len;
    575  1.1  christos 	  char *s_name;
    576  1.1  christos 
    577  1.1  christos 	  namelen = strlen (link_sec->name);
    578  1.1  christos 	  len = namelen + sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX);
    579  1.1  christos 	  s_name = bfd_alloc (htab->stub_bfd, len);
    580  1.1  christos 	  if (s_name == NULL)
    581  1.1  christos 	    return NULL;
    582  1.1  christos 
    583  1.1  christos 	  memcpy (s_name, link_sec->name, namelen);
    584  1.1  christos 	  memcpy (s_name + namelen, STUB_SUFFIX, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX));
    585  1.1  christos 	  stub_sec = (*htab->add_stub_section) (s_name, link_sec);
    586  1.1  christos 	  if (stub_sec == NULL)
    587  1.1  christos 	    return NULL;
    588  1.1  christos 	  htab->stub_group[link_sec->id].stub_sec = stub_sec;
    589  1.1  christos 	}
    590  1.1  christos       htab->stub_group[section->id].stub_sec = stub_sec;
    591  1.1  christos     }
    592  1.1  christos 
    593  1.1  christos   /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table.  */
    594  1.1  christos   hsh = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab, stub_name,
    595  1.1  christos 				      TRUE, FALSE);
    596  1.1  christos   if (hsh == NULL)
    597  1.1  christos     {
    598  1.1  christos       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: cannot create stub entry %s"),
    599  1.1  christos 			     section->owner,
    600  1.1  christos 			     stub_name);
    601  1.1  christos       return NULL;
    602  1.1  christos     }
    603  1.1  christos 
    604  1.1  christos   hsh->stub_sec = stub_sec;
    605  1.1  christos   hsh->stub_offset = 0;
    606  1.1  christos   hsh->id_sec = link_sec;
    607  1.1  christos   return hsh;
    608  1.1  christos }
    609  1.1  christos 
    610  1.1  christos /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call.  */
    611  1.1  christos 
    612  1.1  christos static enum elf32_hppa_stub_type
    613  1.1  christos hppa_type_of_stub (asection *input_sec,
    614  1.1  christos 		   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
    615  1.1  christos 		   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
    616  1.1  christos 		   bfd_vma destination,
    617  1.1  christos 		   struct bfd_link_info *info)
    618  1.1  christos {
    619  1.1  christos   bfd_vma location;
    620  1.1  christos   bfd_vma branch_offset;
    621  1.1  christos   bfd_vma max_branch_offset;
    622  1.1  christos   unsigned int r_type;
    623  1.1  christos 
    624  1.1  christos   if (hh != NULL
    625  1.1  christos       && hh->eh.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
    626  1.1  christos       && hh->eh.dynindx != -1
    627  1.1  christos       && !hh->plabel
    628  1.1  christos       && (info->shared
    629  1.1  christos 	  || !hh->eh.def_regular
    630  1.1  christos 	  || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
    631  1.1  christos     {
    632  1.1  christos       /* We need an import stub.  Decide between hppa_stub_import
    633  1.1  christos 	 and hppa_stub_import_shared later.  */
    634  1.1  christos       return hppa_stub_import;
    635  1.1  christos     }
    636  1.1  christos 
    637  1.1  christos   /* Determine where the call point is.  */
    638  1.1  christos   location = (input_sec->output_offset
    639  1.1  christos 	      + input_sec->output_section->vma
    640  1.1  christos 	      + rela->r_offset);
    641  1.1  christos 
    642  1.1  christos   branch_offset = destination - location - 8;
    643  1.1  christos   r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
    644  1.1  christos 
    645  1.1  christos   /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed.  parisc branch offsets
    646  1.1  christos      are relative to the second instruction past the branch, ie. +8
    647  1.1  christos      bytes on from the branch instruction location.  The offset is
    648  1.1  christos      signed and counts in units of 4 bytes.  */
    649  1.1  christos   if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL17F)
    650  1.1  christos     max_branch_offset = (1 << (17 - 1)) << 2;
    651  1.1  christos 
    652  1.1  christos   else if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL12F)
    653  1.1  christos     max_branch_offset = (1 << (12 - 1)) << 2;
    654  1.1  christos 
    655  1.1  christos   else /* R_PARISC_PCREL22F.  */
    656  1.1  christos     max_branch_offset = (1 << (22 - 1)) << 2;
    657  1.1  christos 
    658  1.1  christos   if (branch_offset + max_branch_offset >= 2*max_branch_offset)
    659  1.1  christos     return hppa_stub_long_branch;
    660  1.1  christos 
    661  1.1  christos   return hppa_stub_none;
    662  1.1  christos }
    663  1.1  christos 
    664  1.1  christos /* Build one linker stub as defined by the stub hash table entry GEN_ENTRY.
    665  1.1  christos    IN_ARG contains the link info pointer.  */
    666  1.1  christos 
    667  1.1  christos #define LDIL_R1		0x20200000	/* ldil  LR'XXX,%r1		*/
    668  1.1  christos #define BE_SR4_R1	0xe0202002	/* be,n  RR'XXX(%sr4,%r1)	*/
    669  1.1  christos 
    670  1.1  christos #define BL_R1		0xe8200000	/* b,l   .+8,%r1		*/
    671  1.1  christos #define ADDIL_R1	0x28200000	/* addil LR'XXX,%r1,%r1		*/
    672  1.1  christos #define DEPI_R1		0xd4201c1e	/* depi  0,31,2,%r1		*/
    673  1.1  christos 
    674  1.1  christos #define ADDIL_DP	0x2b600000	/* addil LR'XXX,%dp,%r1		*/
    675  1.1  christos #define LDW_R1_R21	0x48350000	/* ldw   RR'XXX(%sr0,%r1),%r21	*/
    676  1.1  christos #define BV_R0_R21	0xeaa0c000	/* bv    %r0(%r21)		*/
    677  1.1  christos #define LDW_R1_R19	0x48330000	/* ldw   RR'XXX(%sr0,%r1),%r19	*/
    678  1.1  christos 
    679  1.1  christos #define ADDIL_R19	0x2a600000	/* addil LR'XXX,%r19,%r1	*/
    680  1.1  christos #define LDW_R1_DP	0x483b0000	/* ldw   RR'XXX(%sr0,%r1),%dp	*/
    681  1.1  christos 
    682  1.1  christos #define LDSID_R21_R1	0x02a010a1	/* ldsid (%sr0,%r21),%r1	*/
    683  1.1  christos #define MTSP_R1		0x00011820	/* mtsp  %r1,%sr0		*/
    684  1.1  christos #define BE_SR0_R21	0xe2a00000	/* be    0(%sr0,%r21)		*/
    685  1.1  christos #define STW_RP		0x6bc23fd1	/* stw   %rp,-24(%sr0,%sp)	*/
    686  1.1  christos 
    687  1.1  christos #define BL22_RP		0xe800a002	/* b,l,n XXX,%rp		*/
    688  1.1  christos #define BL_RP		0xe8400002	/* b,l,n XXX,%rp		*/
    689  1.1  christos #define NOP		0x08000240	/* nop				*/
    690  1.1  christos #define LDW_RP		0x4bc23fd1	/* ldw   -24(%sr0,%sp),%rp	*/
    691  1.1  christos #define LDSID_RP_R1	0x004010a1	/* ldsid (%sr0,%rp),%r1		*/
    692  1.1  christos #define BE_SR0_RP	0xe0400002	/* be,n  0(%sr0,%rp)		*/
    693  1.1  christos 
    694  1.1  christos #ifndef R19_STUBS
    695  1.1  christos #define R19_STUBS 1
    696  1.1  christos #endif
    697  1.1  christos 
    698  1.1  christos #if R19_STUBS
    699  1.1  christos #define LDW_R1_DLT	LDW_R1_R19
    700  1.1  christos #else
    701  1.1  christos #define LDW_R1_DLT	LDW_R1_DP
    702  1.1  christos #endif
    703  1.1  christos 
    704  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
    705  1.1  christos hppa_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *bh, void *in_arg)
    706  1.1  christos {
    707  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
    708  1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
    709  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
    710  1.1  christos   asection *stub_sec;
    711  1.1  christos   bfd *stub_bfd;
    712  1.1  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
    713  1.1  christos   bfd_vma sym_value;
    714  1.1  christos   bfd_vma insn;
    715  1.1  christos   bfd_vma off;
    716  1.1  christos   int val;
    717  1.1  christos   int size;
    718  1.1  christos 
    719  1.1  christos   /* Massage our args to the form they really have.  */
    720  1.1  christos   hsh = hppa_stub_hash_entry (bh);
    721  1.1  christos   info = (struct bfd_link_info *)in_arg;
    722  1.1  christos 
    723  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
    724  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
    725  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
    726  1.1  christos 
    727  1.1  christos   stub_sec = hsh->stub_sec;
    728  1.1  christos 
    729  1.1  christos   /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry.  */
    730  1.1  christos   hsh->stub_offset = stub_sec->size;
    731  1.1  christos   loc = stub_sec->contents + hsh->stub_offset;
    732  1.1  christos 
    733  1.1  christos   stub_bfd = stub_sec->owner;
    734  1.1  christos 
    735  1.1  christos   switch (hsh->stub_type)
    736  1.1  christos     {
    737  1.1  christos     case hppa_stub_long_branch:
    738  1.1  christos       /* Create the long branch.  A long branch is formed with "ldil"
    739  1.1  christos 	 loading the upper bits of the target address into a register,
    740  1.1  christos 	 then branching with "be" which adds in the lower bits.
    741  1.1  christos 	 The "be" has its delay slot nullified.  */
    742  1.1  christos       sym_value = (hsh->target_value
    743  1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_offset
    744  1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_section->vma);
    745  1.1  christos 
    746  1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_lrsel);
    747  1.1  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) LDIL_R1, val, 21);
    748  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc);
    749  1.1  christos 
    750  1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_rrsel) >> 2;
    751  1.1  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BE_SR4_R1, val, 17);
    752  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 4);
    753  1.1  christos 
    754  1.1  christos       size = 8;
    755  1.1  christos       break;
    756  1.1  christos 
    757  1.1  christos     case hppa_stub_long_branch_shared:
    758  1.1  christos       /* Branches are relative.  This is where we are going to.  */
    759  1.1  christos       sym_value = (hsh->target_value
    760  1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_offset
    761  1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_section->vma);
    762  1.1  christos 
    763  1.1  christos       /* And this is where we are coming from, more or less.  */
    764  1.1  christos       sym_value -= (hsh->stub_offset
    765  1.1  christos 		    + stub_sec->output_offset
    766  1.1  christos 		    + stub_sec->output_section->vma);
    767  1.1  christos 
    768  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BL_R1, loc);
    769  1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) -8, e_lrsel);
    770  1.1  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) ADDIL_R1, val, 21);
    771  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 4);
    772  1.1  christos 
    773  1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) -8, e_rrsel) >> 2;
    774  1.1  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BE_SR4_R1, val, 17);
    775  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 8);
    776  1.1  christos       size = 12;
    777  1.1  christos       break;
    778  1.1  christos 
    779  1.1  christos     case hppa_stub_import:
    780  1.1  christos     case hppa_stub_import_shared:
    781  1.1  christos       off = hsh->hh->eh.plt.offset;
    782  1.1  christos       if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
    783  1.1  christos 	abort ();
    784  1.1  christos 
    785  1.1  christos       off &= ~ (bfd_vma) 1;
    786  1.1  christos       sym_value = (off
    787  1.1  christos 		   + htab->splt->output_offset
    788  1.1  christos 		   + htab->splt->output_section->vma
    789  1.1  christos 		   - elf_gp (htab->splt->output_section->owner));
    790  1.1  christos 
    791  1.1  christos       insn = ADDIL_DP;
    792  1.1  christos #if R19_STUBS
    793  1.1  christos       if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_import_shared)
    794  1.1  christos 	insn = ADDIL_R19;
    795  1.1  christos #endif
    796  1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_lrsel),
    797  1.1  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) insn, val, 21);
    798  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc);
    799  1.1  christos 
    800  1.1  christos       /* It is critical to use lrsel/rrsel here because we are using
    801  1.1  christos 	 two different offsets (+0 and +4) from sym_value.  If we use
    802  1.1  christos 	 lsel/rsel then with unfortunate sym_values we will round
    803  1.1  christos 	 sym_value+4 up to the next 2k block leading to a mis-match
    804  1.1  christos 	 between the lsel and rsel value.  */
    805  1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, 0, e_rrsel);
    806  1.1  christos       insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) LDW_R1_R21, val, 14);
    807  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 4);
    808  1.1  christos 
    809  1.1  christos       if (htab->multi_subspace)
    810  1.1  christos 	{
    811  1.1  christos 	  val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) 4, e_rrsel);
    812  1.1  christos 	  insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) LDW_R1_DLT, val, 14);
    813  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 8);
    814  1.1  christos 
    815  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDSID_R21_R1, loc + 12);
    816  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) MTSP_R1,      loc + 16);
    817  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BE_SR0_R21,   loc + 20);
    818  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) STW_RP,       loc + 24);
    819  1.1  christos 
    820  1.1  christos 	  size = 28;
    821  1.1  christos 	}
    822  1.1  christos       else
    823  1.1  christos 	{
    824  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BV_R0_R21, loc + 8);
    825  1.1  christos 	  val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) 4, e_rrsel);
    826  1.1  christos 	  insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) LDW_R1_DLT, val, 14);
    827  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc + 12);
    828  1.1  christos 
    829  1.1  christos 	  size = 16;
    830  1.1  christos 	}
    831  1.1  christos 
    832  1.1  christos       break;
    833  1.1  christos 
    834  1.1  christos     case hppa_stub_export:
    835  1.1  christos       /* Branches are relative.  This is where we are going to.  */
    836  1.1  christos       sym_value = (hsh->target_value
    837  1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_offset
    838  1.1  christos 		   + hsh->target_section->output_section->vma);
    839  1.1  christos 
    840  1.1  christos       /* And this is where we are coming from.  */
    841  1.1  christos       sym_value -= (hsh->stub_offset
    842  1.1  christos 		    + stub_sec->output_offset
    843  1.1  christos 		    + stub_sec->output_section->vma);
    844  1.1  christos 
    845  1.1  christos       if (sym_value - 8 + (1 << (17 + 1)) >= (1 << (17 + 2))
    846  1.1  christos 	  && (!htab->has_22bit_branch
    847  1.1  christos 	      || sym_value - 8 + (1 << (22 + 1)) >= (1 << (22 + 2))))
    848  1.1  christos 	{
    849  1.1  christos 	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
    850  1.1  christos 	    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot reach %s, recompile with -ffunction-sections"),
    851  1.1  christos 	     hsh->target_section->owner,
    852  1.1  christos 	     stub_sec,
    853  1.1  christos 	     (long) hsh->stub_offset,
    854  1.1  christos 	     hsh->bh_root.string);
    855  1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    856  1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
    857  1.1  christos 	}
    858  1.1  christos 
    859  1.1  christos       val = hppa_field_adjust (sym_value, (bfd_signed_vma) -8, e_fsel) >> 2;
    860  1.1  christos       if (!htab->has_22bit_branch)
    861  1.1  christos 	insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BL_RP, val, 17);
    862  1.1  christos       else
    863  1.1  christos 	insn = hppa_rebuild_insn ((int) BL22_RP, val, 22);
    864  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, insn, loc);
    865  1.1  christos 
    866  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) NOP,         loc + 4);
    867  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDW_RP,      loc + 8);
    868  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) LDSID_RP_R1, loc + 12);
    869  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) MTSP_R1,     loc + 16);
    870  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, (bfd_vma) BE_SR0_RP,   loc + 20);
    871  1.1  christos 
    872  1.1  christos       /* Point the function symbol at the stub.  */
    873  1.1  christos       hsh->hh->eh.root.u.def.section = stub_sec;
    874  1.1  christos       hsh->hh->eh.root.u.def.value = stub_sec->size;
    875  1.1  christos 
    876  1.1  christos       size = 24;
    877  1.1  christos       break;
    878  1.1  christos 
    879  1.1  christos     default:
    880  1.1  christos       BFD_FAIL ();
    881  1.1  christos       return FALSE;
    882  1.1  christos     }
    883  1.1  christos 
    884  1.1  christos   stub_sec->size += size;
    885  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
    886  1.1  christos }
    887  1.1  christos 
    888  1.1  christos #undef LDIL_R1
    889  1.1  christos #undef BE_SR4_R1
    890  1.1  christos #undef BL_R1
    891  1.1  christos #undef ADDIL_R1
    892  1.1  christos #undef DEPI_R1
    893  1.1  christos #undef LDW_R1_R21
    894  1.1  christos #undef LDW_R1_DLT
    895  1.1  christos #undef LDW_R1_R19
    896  1.1  christos #undef ADDIL_R19
    897  1.1  christos #undef LDW_R1_DP
    898  1.1  christos #undef LDSID_R21_R1
    899  1.1  christos #undef MTSP_R1
    900  1.1  christos #undef BE_SR0_R21
    901  1.1  christos #undef STW_RP
    902  1.1  christos #undef BV_R0_R21
    903  1.1  christos #undef BL_RP
    904  1.1  christos #undef NOP
    905  1.1  christos #undef LDW_RP
    906  1.1  christos #undef LDSID_RP_R1
    907  1.1  christos #undef BE_SR0_RP
    908  1.1  christos 
    909  1.1  christos /* As above, but don't actually build the stub.  Just bump offset so
    910  1.1  christos    we know stub section sizes.  */
    911  1.1  christos 
    912  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
    913  1.1  christos hppa_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *bh, void *in_arg)
    914  1.1  christos {
    915  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
    916  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
    917  1.1  christos   int size;
    918  1.1  christos 
    919  1.1  christos   /* Massage our args to the form they really have.  */
    920  1.1  christos   hsh = hppa_stub_hash_entry (bh);
    921  1.1  christos   htab = in_arg;
    922  1.1  christos 
    923  1.1  christos   if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_long_branch)
    924  1.1  christos     size = 8;
    925  1.1  christos   else if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_long_branch_shared)
    926  1.1  christos     size = 12;
    927  1.1  christos   else if (hsh->stub_type == hppa_stub_export)
    928  1.1  christos     size = 24;
    929  1.1  christos   else /* hppa_stub_import or hppa_stub_import_shared.  */
    930  1.1  christos     {
    931  1.1  christos       if (htab->multi_subspace)
    932  1.1  christos 	size = 28;
    933  1.1  christos       else
    934  1.1  christos 	size = 16;
    935  1.1  christos     }
    936  1.1  christos 
    937  1.1  christos   hsh->stub_sec->size += size;
    938  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
    939  1.1  christos }
    940  1.1  christos 
    941  1.1  christos /* Return nonzero if ABFD represents an HPPA ELF32 file.
    942  1.1  christos    Additionally we set the default architecture and machine.  */
    943  1.1  christos 
    944  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
    945  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_object_p (bfd *abfd)
    946  1.1  christos {
    947  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp;
    948  1.1  christos   unsigned int flags;
    949  1.1  christos 
    950  1.1  christos   i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
    951  1.1  christos   if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-linux") == 0)
    952  1.1  christos     {
    953  1.1  christos       /* GCC on hppa-linux produces binaries with OSABI=Linux,
    954  1.1  christos 	 but the kernel produces corefiles with OSABI=SysV.  */
    955  1.1  christos       if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_LINUX &&
    956  1.1  christos 	  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
    957  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
    958  1.1  christos     }
    959  1.1  christos   else if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-netbsd") == 0)
    960  1.1  christos     {
    961  1.1  christos       /* GCC on hppa-netbsd produces binaries with OSABI=NetBSD,
    962  1.1  christos 	 but the kernel produces corefiles with OSABI=SysV.  */
    963  1.1  christos       if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NETBSD &&
    964  1.1  christos 	  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
    965  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
    966  1.1  christos     }
    967  1.1  christos   else
    968  1.1  christos     {
    969  1.1  christos       if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_HPUX)
    970  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
    971  1.1  christos     }
    972  1.1  christos 
    973  1.1  christos   flags = i_ehdrp->e_flags;
    974  1.1  christos   switch (flags & (EF_PARISC_ARCH | EF_PARISC_WIDE))
    975  1.1  christos     {
    976  1.1  christos     case EFA_PARISC_1_0:
    977  1.1  christos       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 10);
    978  1.1  christos     case EFA_PARISC_1_1:
    979  1.1  christos       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 11);
    980  1.1  christos     case EFA_PARISC_2_0:
    981  1.1  christos       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 20);
    982  1.1  christos     case EFA_PARISC_2_0 | EF_PARISC_WIDE:
    983  1.1  christos       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 25);
    984  1.1  christos     }
    985  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
    986  1.1  christos }
    987  1.1  christos 
    988  1.1  christos /* Create the .plt and .got sections, and set up our hash table
    989  1.1  christos    short-cuts to various dynamic sections.  */
    990  1.1  christos 
    991  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
    992  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
    993  1.1  christos {
    994  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
    995  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
    996  1.1  christos 
    997  1.1  christos   /* Don't try to create the .plt and .got twice.  */
    998  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
    999  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   1000  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1001  1.1  christos   if (htab->splt != NULL)
   1002  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1003  1.1  christos 
   1004  1.1  christos   /* Call the generic code to do most of the work.  */
   1005  1.1  christos   if (! _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
   1006  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1007  1.1  christos 
   1008  1.1  christos   htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
   1009  1.1  christos   htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
   1010  1.1  christos 
   1011  1.1  christos   htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
   1012  1.1  christos   htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.got");
   1013  1.1  christos 
   1014  1.1  christos   htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
   1015  1.1  christos   htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
   1016  1.1  christos 
   1017  1.1  christos   /* hppa-linux needs _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ to be visible from the main
   1018  1.1  christos      application, because __canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare needs it.  */
   1019  1.1  christos   eh = elf_hash_table (info)->hgot;
   1020  1.1  christos   eh->forced_local = 0;
   1021  1.1  christos   eh->other = STV_DEFAULT;
   1022  1.1  christos   return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh);
   1023  1.1  christos }
   1024  1.1  christos 
   1025  1.1  christos /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
   1026  1.1  christos 
   1027  1.1  christos static void
   1028  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1029  1.1  christos 				 struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh_dir,
   1030  1.1  christos 				 struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh_ind)
   1031  1.1  christos {
   1032  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh_dir, *hh_ind;
   1033  1.1  christos 
   1034  1.1  christos   hh_dir = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh_dir);
   1035  1.1  christos   hh_ind = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh_ind);
   1036  1.1  christos 
   1037  1.1  christos   if (hh_ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   1038  1.1  christos     {
   1039  1.1  christos       if (hh_dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   1040  1.1  christos 	{
   1041  1.1  christos 	  struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry **hdh_pp;
   1042  1.1  christos 	  struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
   1043  1.1  christos 
   1044  1.1  christos 	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
   1045  1.1  christos 	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
   1046  1.1  christos 	  for (hdh_pp = &hh_ind->dyn_relocs; (hdh_p = *hdh_pp) != NULL; )
   1047  1.1  christos 	    {
   1048  1.1  christos 	      struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_q;
   1049  1.1  christos 
   1050  1.1  christos 	      for (hdh_q = hh_dir->dyn_relocs;
   1051  1.1  christos 		   hdh_q != NULL;
   1052  1.1  christos 		   hdh_q = hdh_q->hdh_next)
   1053  1.1  christos 		if (hdh_q->sec == hdh_p->sec)
   1054  1.1  christos 		  {
   1055  1.1  christos #if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
   1056  1.1  christos 		    hdh_q->relative_count += hdh_p->relative_count;
   1057  1.1  christos #endif
   1058  1.1  christos 		    hdh_q->count += hdh_p->count;
   1059  1.1  christos 		    *hdh_pp = hdh_p->hdh_next;
   1060  1.1  christos 		    break;
   1061  1.1  christos 		  }
   1062  1.1  christos 	      if (hdh_q == NULL)
   1063  1.1  christos 		hdh_pp = &hdh_p->hdh_next;
   1064  1.1  christos 	    }
   1065  1.1  christos 	  *hdh_pp = hh_dir->dyn_relocs;
   1066  1.1  christos 	}
   1067  1.1  christos 
   1068  1.1  christos       hh_dir->dyn_relocs = hh_ind->dyn_relocs;
   1069  1.1  christos       hh_ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   1070  1.1  christos     }
   1071  1.1  christos 
   1072  1.1  christos   if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
   1073  1.1  christos       && eh_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
   1074  1.1  christos       && eh_dir->dynamic_adjusted)
   1075  1.1  christos     {
   1076  1.1  christos       /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
   1077  1.1  christos 	 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
   1078  1.1  christos 	 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
   1079  1.1  christos       eh_dir->ref_dynamic |= eh_ind->ref_dynamic;
   1080  1.1  christos       eh_dir->ref_regular |= eh_ind->ref_regular;
   1081  1.1  christos       eh_dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= eh_ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
   1082  1.1  christos       eh_dir->needs_plt |= eh_ind->needs_plt;
   1083  1.1  christos     }
   1084  1.1  christos   else
   1085  1.1  christos     {
   1086  1.1  christos       if (eh_ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   1087  1.1  christos           && eh_dir->got.refcount <= 0)
   1088  1.1  christos         {
   1089  1.1  christos           hh_dir->tls_type = hh_ind->tls_type;
   1090  1.1  christos           hh_ind->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   1091  1.1  christos         }
   1092  1.1  christos 
   1093  1.1  christos       _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, eh_dir, eh_ind);
   1094  1.1  christos     }
   1095  1.1  christos }
   1096  1.1  christos 
   1097  1.1  christos static int
   1098  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1099  1.1  christos 				int r_type, int is_local ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1100  1.1  christos {
   1101  1.1  christos   /* For now we don't support linker optimizations.  */
   1102  1.1  christos   return r_type;
   1103  1.1  christos }
   1104  1.1  christos 
   1105  1.1  christos /* Return a pointer to the local GOT, PLT and TLS reference counts
   1106  1.1  christos    for ABFD.  Returns NULL if the storage allocation fails.  */
   1107  1.1  christos 
   1108  1.1  christos static bfd_signed_vma *
   1109  1.1  christos hppa32_elf_local_refcounts (bfd *abfd)
   1110  1.1  christos {
   1111  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   1112  1.1  christos   bfd_signed_vma *local_refcounts;
   1113  1.1  christos 
   1114  1.1  christos   local_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   1115  1.1  christos   if (local_refcounts == NULL)
   1116  1.1  christos     {
   1117  1.1  christos       bfd_size_type size;
   1118  1.1  christos 
   1119  1.1  christos       /* Allocate space for local GOT and PLT reference
   1120  1.1  christos 	 counts.  Done this way to save polluting elf_obj_tdata
   1121  1.1  christos 	 with another target specific pointer.  */
   1122  1.1  christos       size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1123  1.1  christos       size *= 2 * sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
   1124  1.1  christos       /* Add in space to store the local GOT TLS types.  */
   1125  1.1  christos       size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1126  1.1  christos       local_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
   1127  1.1  christos       if (local_refcounts == NULL)
   1128  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1129  1.1  christos       elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_refcounts;
   1130  1.1  christos       memset (hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd), GOT_UNKNOWN,
   1131  1.1  christos 	      symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   1132  1.1  christos     }
   1133  1.1  christos   return local_refcounts;
   1134  1.1  christos }
   1135  1.1  christos 
   1136  1.1  christos 
   1137  1.1  christos /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   1138  1.1  christos    calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure linkage
   1139  1.1  christos    table, and dynamic reloc sections.  At this point we haven't
   1140  1.1  christos    necessarily read all the input files.  */
   1141  1.1  christos 
   1142  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1143  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   1144  1.1  christos 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1145  1.1  christos 			 asection *sec,
   1146  1.1  christos 			 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   1147  1.1  christos {
   1148  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   1149  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **eh_syms;
   1150  1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela;
   1151  1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela_end;
   1152  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   1153  1.1  christos   asection *sreloc;
   1154  1.1  christos   int tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN, old_tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   1155  1.1  christos 
   1156  1.1  christos   if (info->relocatable)
   1157  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1158  1.1  christos 
   1159  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   1160  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   1161  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1162  1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   1163  1.1  christos   eh_syms = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   1164  1.1  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   1165  1.1  christos 
   1166  1.1  christos   rela_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1167  1.1  christos   for (rela = relocs; rela < rela_end; rela++)
   1168  1.1  christos     {
   1169  1.1  christos       enum {
   1170  1.1  christos 	NEED_GOT = 1,
   1171  1.1  christos 	NEED_PLT = 2,
   1172  1.1  christos 	NEED_DYNREL = 4,
   1173  1.1  christos 	PLT_PLABEL = 8
   1174  1.1  christos       };
   1175  1.1  christos 
   1176  1.1  christos       unsigned int r_symndx, r_type;
   1177  1.1  christos       struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   1178  1.1  christos       int need_entry = 0;
   1179  1.1  christos 
   1180  1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
   1181  1.1  christos 
   1182  1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1183  1.1  christos 	hh = NULL;
   1184  1.1  christos       else
   1185  1.1  christos 	{
   1186  1.1  christos 	  hh =  hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh_syms[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]);
   1187  1.1  christos 	  while (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   1188  1.1  christos 		 || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   1189  1.1  christos 	    hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (hh->eh.root.u.i.link);
   1190  1.1  christos 	}
   1191  1.1  christos 
   1192  1.1  christos       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
   1193  1.1  christos       r_type = elf32_hppa_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, hh == NULL);
   1194  1.1  christos 
   1195  1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   1196  1.1  christos 	{
   1197  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
   1198  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
   1199  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
   1200  1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   1201  1.1  christos 	  need_entry = NEED_GOT;
   1202  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1203  1.1  christos 
   1204  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R: /* "Official" procedure labels.  */
   1205  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
   1206  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
   1207  1.1  christos 	  /* If the addend is non-zero, we break badly.  */
   1208  1.1  christos 	  if (rela->r_addend != 0)
   1209  1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   1210  1.1  christos 
   1211  1.1  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, then we need to
   1212  1.1  christos 	     create a PLT entry for all PLABELs, because PLABELs with
   1213  1.1  christos 	     local symbols may be passed via a pointer to another
   1214  1.1  christos 	     object.  Additionally, output a dynamic relocation
   1215  1.1  christos 	     pointing to the PLT entry.
   1216  1.1  christos 
   1217  1.1  christos 	     For executables, the original 32-bit ABI allowed two
   1218  1.1  christos 	     different styles of PLABELs (function pointers):  For
   1219  1.1  christos 	     global functions, the PLABEL word points into the .plt
   1220  1.1  christos 	     two bytes past a (function address, gp) pair, and for
   1221  1.1  christos 	     local functions the PLABEL points directly at the
   1222  1.1  christos 	     function.  The magic +2 for the first type allows us to
   1223  1.1  christos 	     differentiate between the two.  As you can imagine, this
   1224  1.1  christos 	     is a real pain when it comes to generating code to call
   1225  1.1  christos 	     functions indirectly or to compare function pointers.
   1226  1.1  christos 	     We avoid the mess by always pointing a PLABEL into the
   1227  1.1  christos 	     .plt, even for local functions.  */
   1228  1.1  christos 	  need_entry = PLT_PLABEL | NEED_PLT | NEED_DYNREL;
   1229  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1230  1.1  christos 
   1231  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
   1232  1.1  christos 	  htab->has_12bit_branch = 1;
   1233  1.1  christos 	  goto branch_common;
   1234  1.1  christos 
   1235  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
   1236  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
   1237  1.1  christos 	  htab->has_17bit_branch = 1;
   1238  1.1  christos 	  goto branch_common;
   1239  1.1  christos 
   1240  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
   1241  1.1  christos 	  htab->has_22bit_branch = 1;
   1242  1.1  christos 	branch_common:
   1243  1.1  christos 	  /* Function calls might need to go through the .plt, and
   1244  1.1  christos 	     might require long branch stubs.  */
   1245  1.1  christos 	  if (hh == NULL)
   1246  1.1  christos 	    {
   1247  1.1  christos 	      /* We know local syms won't need a .plt entry, and if
   1248  1.1  christos 		 they need a long branch stub we can't guarantee that
   1249  1.1  christos 		 we can reach the stub.  So just flag an error later
   1250  1.1  christos 		 if we're doing a shared link and find we need a long
   1251  1.1  christos 		 branch stub.  */
   1252  1.1  christos 	      continue;
   1253  1.1  christos 	    }
   1254  1.1  christos 	  else
   1255  1.1  christos 	    {
   1256  1.1  christos 	      /* Global symbols will need a .plt entry if they remain
   1257  1.1  christos 		 global, and in most cases won't need a long branch
   1258  1.1  christos 		 stub.  Unfortunately, we have to cater for the case
   1259  1.1  christos 		 where a symbol is forced local by versioning, or due
   1260  1.1  christos 		 to symbolic linking, and we lose the .plt entry.  */
   1261  1.1  christos 	      need_entry = NEED_PLT;
   1262  1.1  christos 	      if (hh->eh.type == STT_PARISC_MILLI)
   1263  1.1  christos 		need_entry = 0;
   1264  1.1  christos 	    }
   1265  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1266  1.1  christos 
   1267  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_SEGBASE:  /* Used to set segment base.  */
   1268  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_SEGREL32: /* Relative reloc, used for unwind.  */
   1269  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL14F: /* PC relative load/store.  */
   1270  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL14R:
   1271  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL17R: /* External branches.  */
   1272  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL21L: /* As above, and for load/store too.  */
   1273  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL32:
   1274  1.1  christos 	  /* We don't need to propagate the relocation if linking a
   1275  1.1  christos 	     shared object since these are section relative.  */
   1276  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   1277  1.1  christos 
   1278  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL14F: /* Used for gp rel data load/store.  */
   1279  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
   1280  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
   1281  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   1282  1.1  christos 	    {
   1283  1.1  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1284  1.1  christos 		(_("%B: relocation %s can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
   1285  1.1  christos 		 abfd,
   1286  1.1  christos 		 elf_hppa_howto_table[r_type].name);
   1287  1.1  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1288  1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1289  1.1  christos 	    }
   1290  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1291  1.1  christos 
   1292  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR17F: /* Used for external branches.  */
   1293  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
   1294  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR14F: /* Used for load/store from absolute locn.  */
   1295  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
   1296  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR21L: /* As above, and for ext branches too.  */
   1297  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR32: /* .word relocs.  */
   1298  1.1  christos 	  /* We may want to output a dynamic relocation later.  */
   1299  1.1  christos 	  need_entry = NEED_DYNREL;
   1300  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1301  1.1  christos 
   1302  1.1  christos 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   1303  1.1  christos 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   1304  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   1305  1.1  christos 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, &hh->eh, rela->r_offset))
   1306  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   1307  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   1308  1.1  christos 
   1309  1.1  christos 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   1310  1.1  christos 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   1311  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
   1312  1.1  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (hh != NULL);
   1313  1.1  christos 	  if (hh != NULL
   1314  1.1  christos 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, &hh->eh, rela->r_addend))
   1315  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   1316  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   1317  1.1  christos 
   1318  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   1319  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   1320  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   1321  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   1322  1.1  christos 	  need_entry = NEED_GOT;
   1323  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1324  1.1  christos 
   1325  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   1326  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   1327  1.1  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   1328  1.1  christos             info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   1329  1.1  christos 	  need_entry = NEED_GOT;
   1330  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1331  1.1  christos 
   1332  1.1  christos 	default:
   1333  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   1334  1.1  christos 	}
   1335  1.1  christos 
   1336  1.1  christos       /* Now carry out our orders.  */
   1337  1.1  christos       if (need_entry & NEED_GOT)
   1338  1.1  christos 	{
   1339  1.1  christos 	  switch (r_type)
   1340  1.1  christos 	    {
   1341  1.1  christos 	    default:
   1342  1.1  christos 	      tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
   1343  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1344  1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   1345  1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   1346  1.1  christos 	      tls_type |= GOT_TLS_GD;
   1347  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1348  1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   1349  1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   1350  1.1  christos 	      tls_type |= GOT_TLS_LDM;
   1351  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1352  1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   1353  1.1  christos 	    case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   1354  1.1  christos 	      tls_type |= GOT_TLS_IE;
   1355  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1356  1.1  christos 	    }
   1357  1.1  christos 
   1358  1.1  christos 	  /* Allocate space for a GOT entry, as well as a dynamic
   1359  1.1  christos 	     relocation for this entry.  */
   1360  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->sgot == NULL)
   1361  1.1  christos 	    {
   1362  1.1  christos 	      if (htab->etab.dynobj == NULL)
   1363  1.1  christos 		htab->etab.dynobj = abfd;
   1364  1.1  christos 	      if (!elf32_hppa_create_dynamic_sections (htab->etab.dynobj, info))
   1365  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   1366  1.1  christos 	    }
   1367  1.1  christos 
   1368  1.1  christos 	  if (r_type == R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L
   1369  1.1  christos 	      || r_type == R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R)
   1370  1.1  christos 	    htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
   1371  1.1  christos 	  else
   1372  1.1  christos 	    {
   1373  1.1  christos 	      if (hh != NULL)
   1374  1.1  christos 	        {
   1375  1.1  christos 	          hh->eh.got.refcount += 1;
   1376  1.1  christos 	          old_tls_type = hh->tls_type;
   1377  1.1  christos 	        }
   1378  1.1  christos 	      else
   1379  1.1  christos 	        {
   1380  1.1  christos 	          bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   1381  1.1  christos 
   1382  1.1  christos 	          /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
   1383  1.1  christos 	          local_got_refcounts = hppa32_elf_local_refcounts (abfd);
   1384  1.1  christos 	          if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   1385  1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   1386  1.1  christos 	          local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
   1387  1.1  christos 
   1388  1.1  christos 	          old_tls_type = hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
   1389  1.1  christos 	        }
   1390  1.1  christos 
   1391  1.1  christos 	      tls_type |= old_tls_type;
   1392  1.1  christos 
   1393  1.1  christos 	      if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
   1394  1.1  christos 	        {
   1395  1.1  christos 	          if (hh != NULL)
   1396  1.1  christos 		    hh->tls_type = tls_type;
   1397  1.1  christos 	          else
   1398  1.1  christos 		    hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = tls_type;
   1399  1.1  christos 	        }
   1400  1.1  christos 
   1401  1.1  christos 	    }
   1402  1.1  christos 	}
   1403  1.1  christos 
   1404  1.1  christos       if (need_entry & NEED_PLT)
   1405  1.1  christos 	{
   1406  1.1  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
   1407  1.1  christos 	     against a weak symbol or a global symbol in a dynamic
   1408  1.1  christos 	     object, then we will be creating an import stub and a
   1409  1.1  christos 	     .plt entry for the symbol.  Similarly, on a normal link
   1410  1.1  christos 	     to symbols defined in a dynamic object we'll need the
   1411  1.1  christos 	     import stub and a .plt entry.  We don't know yet whether
   1412  1.1  christos 	     the symbol is defined or not, so make an entry anyway and
   1413  1.1  christos 	     clean up later in adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
   1414  1.1  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   1415  1.1  christos 	    {
   1416  1.1  christos 	      if (hh != NULL)
   1417  1.1  christos 		{
   1418  1.1  christos 		  hh->eh.needs_plt = 1;
   1419  1.1  christos 		  hh->eh.plt.refcount += 1;
   1420  1.1  christos 
   1421  1.1  christos 		  /* If this .plt entry is for a plabel, mark it so
   1422  1.1  christos 		     that adjust_dynamic_symbol will keep the entry
   1423  1.1  christos 		     even if it appears to be local.  */
   1424  1.1  christos 		  if (need_entry & PLT_PLABEL)
   1425  1.1  christos 		    hh->plabel = 1;
   1426  1.1  christos 		}
   1427  1.1  christos 	      else if (need_entry & PLT_PLABEL)
   1428  1.1  christos 		{
   1429  1.1  christos 		  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   1430  1.1  christos 		  bfd_signed_vma *local_plt_refcounts;
   1431  1.1  christos 
   1432  1.1  christos 		  local_got_refcounts = hppa32_elf_local_refcounts (abfd);
   1433  1.1  christos 		  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   1434  1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   1435  1.1  christos 		  local_plt_refcounts = (local_got_refcounts
   1436  1.1  christos 					 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   1437  1.1  christos 		  local_plt_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
   1438  1.1  christos 		}
   1439  1.1  christos 	    }
   1440  1.1  christos 	}
   1441  1.1  christos 
   1442  1.1  christos       if (need_entry & NEED_DYNREL)
   1443  1.1  christos 	{
   1444  1.1  christos 	  /* Flag this symbol as having a non-got, non-plt reference
   1445  1.1  christos 	     so that we generate copy relocs if it turns out to be
   1446  1.1  christos 	     dynamic.  */
   1447  1.1  christos 	  if (hh != NULL && !info->shared)
   1448  1.1  christos 	    hh->eh.non_got_ref = 1;
   1449  1.1  christos 
   1450  1.1  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library then we need to copy
   1451  1.1  christos 	     the reloc into the shared library.  However, if we are
   1452  1.1  christos 	     linking with -Bsymbolic, we need only copy absolute
   1453  1.1  christos 	     relocs or relocs against symbols that are not defined in
   1454  1.1  christos 	     an object we are including in the link.  PC- or DP- or
   1455  1.1  christos 	     DLT-relative relocs against any local sym or global sym
   1456  1.1  christos 	     with DEF_REGULAR set, can be discarded.  At this point we
   1457  1.1  christos 	     have not seen all the input files, so it is possible that
   1458  1.1  christos 	     DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set later (it is
   1459  1.1  christos 	     never cleared).  We account for that possibility below by
   1460  1.1  christos 	     storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the
   1461  1.1  christos 	     hash table entry.
   1462  1.1  christos 
   1463  1.1  christos 	     A similar situation to the -Bsymbolic case occurs when
   1464  1.1  christos 	     creating shared libraries and symbol visibility changes
   1465  1.1  christos 	     render the symbol local.
   1466  1.1  christos 
   1467  1.1  christos 	     As it turns out, all the relocs we will be creating here
   1468  1.1  christos 	     are absolute, so we cannot remove them on -Bsymbolic
   1469  1.1  christos 	     links or visibility changes anyway.  A STUB_REL reloc
   1470  1.1  christos 	     is absolute too, as in that case it is the reloc in the
   1471  1.1  christos 	     stub we will be creating, rather than copying the PCREL
   1472  1.1  christos 	     reloc in the branch.
   1473  1.1  christos 
   1474  1.1  christos 	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
   1475  1.1  christos 	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
   1476  1.1  christos 	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
   1477  1.1  christos 	     symbol.  */
   1478  1.1  christos 	  if ((info->shared
   1479  1.1  christos 	       && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1480  1.1  christos 	       && (IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (r_type)
   1481  1.1  christos 		   || (hh != NULL
   1482  1.1  christos 		       && (!info->symbolic
   1483  1.1  christos 			   || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   1484  1.1  christos 			   || !hh->eh.def_regular))))
   1485  1.1  christos 	      || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
   1486  1.1  christos 		  && !info->shared
   1487  1.1  christos 		  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1488  1.1  christos 		  && hh != NULL
   1489  1.1  christos 		  && (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   1490  1.1  christos 		      || !hh->eh.def_regular)))
   1491  1.1  christos 	    {
   1492  1.1  christos 	      struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
   1493  1.1  christos 	      struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry **hdh_head;
   1494  1.1  christos 
   1495  1.1  christos 	      /* Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
   1496  1.1  christos 		 this reloc.  */
   1497  1.1  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   1498  1.1  christos 		{
   1499  1.1  christos 		  if (htab->etab.dynobj == NULL)
   1500  1.1  christos 		    htab->etab.dynobj = abfd;
   1501  1.1  christos 
   1502  1.1  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   1503  1.1  christos 		    (sec, htab->etab.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   1504  1.1  christos 
   1505  1.1  christos 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   1506  1.1  christos 		    {
   1507  1.1  christos 		      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1508  1.1  christos 		      return FALSE;
   1509  1.1  christos 		    }
   1510  1.1  christos 		}
   1511  1.1  christos 
   1512  1.1  christos 	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
   1513  1.1  christos 		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
   1514  1.1  christos 	      if (hh != NULL)
   1515  1.1  christos 		{
   1516  1.1  christos 		  hdh_head = &hh->dyn_relocs;
   1517  1.1  christos 		}
   1518  1.1  christos 	      else
   1519  1.1  christos 		{
   1520  1.1  christos 		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
   1521  1.1  christos 		     We really need local syms available to do this
   1522  1.1  christos 		     easily.  Oh well.  */
   1523  1.1  christos 		  asection *sr;
   1524  1.1  christos 		  void *vpp;
   1525  1.1  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   1526  1.1  christos 
   1527  1.1  christos 		  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
   1528  1.1  christos 						abfd, r_symndx);
   1529  1.1  christos 		  if (isym == NULL)
   1530  1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   1531  1.1  christos 
   1532  1.1  christos 		  sr = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   1533  1.1  christos 		  if (sr == NULL)
   1534  1.1  christos 		    sr = sec;
   1535  1.1  christos 
   1536  1.1  christos 		  vpp = &elf_section_data (sr)->local_dynrel;
   1537  1.1  christos 		  hdh_head = (struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry **) vpp;
   1538  1.1  christos 		}
   1539  1.1  christos 
   1540  1.1  christos 	      hdh_p = *hdh_head;
   1541  1.1  christos 	      if (hdh_p == NULL || hdh_p->sec != sec)
   1542  1.1  christos 		{
   1543  1.1  christos 		  hdh_p = bfd_alloc (htab->etab.dynobj, sizeof *hdh_p);
   1544  1.1  christos 		  if (hdh_p == NULL)
   1545  1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   1546  1.1  christos 		  hdh_p->hdh_next = *hdh_head;
   1547  1.1  christos 		  *hdh_head = hdh_p;
   1548  1.1  christos 		  hdh_p->sec = sec;
   1549  1.1  christos 		  hdh_p->count = 0;
   1550  1.1  christos #if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
   1551  1.1  christos 		  hdh_p->relative_count = 0;
   1552  1.1  christos #endif
   1553  1.1  christos 		}
   1554  1.1  christos 
   1555  1.1  christos 	      hdh_p->count += 1;
   1556  1.1  christos #if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
   1557  1.1  christos 	      if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (rtype))
   1558  1.1  christos 		hdh_p->relative_count += 1;
   1559  1.1  christos #endif
   1560  1.1  christos 	    }
   1561  1.1  christos 	}
   1562  1.1  christos     }
   1563  1.1  christos 
   1564  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1565  1.1  christos }
   1566  1.1  christos 
   1567  1.1  christos /* Return the section that should be marked against garbage collection
   1568  1.1  christos    for a given relocation.  */
   1569  1.1  christos 
   1570  1.1  christos static asection *
   1571  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   1572  1.1  christos 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1573  1.1  christos 			 Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
   1574  1.1  christos 			 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hh,
   1575  1.1  christos 			 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   1576  1.1  christos {
   1577  1.1  christos   if (hh != NULL)
   1578  1.1  christos     switch ((unsigned int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   1579  1.1  christos       {
   1580  1.1  christos       case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   1581  1.1  christos       case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
   1582  1.1  christos 	return NULL;
   1583  1.1  christos       }
   1584  1.1  christos 
   1585  1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rela, hh, sym);
   1586  1.1  christos }
   1587  1.1  christos 
   1588  1.1  christos /* Update the got and plt entry reference counts for the section being
   1589  1.1  christos    removed.  */
   1590  1.1  christos 
   1591  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1592  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
   1593  1.1  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1594  1.1  christos 			  asection *sec,
   1595  1.1  christos 			  const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   1596  1.1  christos {
   1597  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   1598  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **eh_syms;
   1599  1.1  christos   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   1600  1.1  christos   bfd_signed_vma *local_plt_refcounts;
   1601  1.1  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela, *relend;
   1602  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   1603  1.1  christos 
   1604  1.1  christos   if (info->relocatable)
   1605  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1606  1.1  christos 
   1607  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   1608  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   1609  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1610  1.1  christos 
   1611  1.1  christos   elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
   1612  1.1  christos 
   1613  1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   1614  1.1  christos   eh_syms = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   1615  1.1  christos   local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   1616  1.1  christos   local_plt_refcounts = local_got_refcounts;
   1617  1.1  christos   if (local_plt_refcounts != NULL)
   1618  1.1  christos     local_plt_refcounts += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1619  1.1  christos 
   1620  1.1  christos   relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1621  1.1  christos   for (rela = relocs; rela < relend; rela++)
   1622  1.1  christos     {
   1623  1.1  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   1624  1.1  christos       unsigned int r_type;
   1625  1.1  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh = NULL;
   1626  1.1  christos 
   1627  1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
   1628  1.1  christos       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1629  1.1  christos 	{
   1630  1.1  christos 	  struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   1631  1.1  christos 	  struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry **hdh_pp;
   1632  1.1  christos 	  struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
   1633  1.1  christos 
   1634  1.1  christos 	  eh = eh_syms[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   1635  1.1  christos 	  while (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   1636  1.1  christos 		 || eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   1637  1.1  christos 	    eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) eh->root.u.i.link;
   1638  1.1  christos 	  hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
   1639  1.1  christos 
   1640  1.1  christos 	  for (hdh_pp = &hh->dyn_relocs; (hdh_p = *hdh_pp) != NULL; hdh_pp = &hdh_p->hdh_next)
   1641  1.1  christos 	    if (hdh_p->sec == sec)
   1642  1.1  christos 	      {
   1643  1.1  christos 		/* Everything must go for SEC.  */
   1644  1.1  christos 		*hdh_pp = hdh_p->hdh_next;
   1645  1.1  christos 		break;
   1646  1.1  christos 	      }
   1647  1.1  christos 	}
   1648  1.1  christos 
   1649  1.1  christos       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
   1650  1.1  christos       r_type = elf32_hppa_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, eh != NULL);
   1651  1.1  christos 
   1652  1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   1653  1.1  christos 	{
   1654  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
   1655  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
   1656  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
   1657  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   1658  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   1659  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   1660  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   1661  1.1  christos 	  if (eh != NULL)
   1662  1.1  christos 	    {
   1663  1.1  christos 	      if (eh->got.refcount > 0)
   1664  1.1  christos 		eh->got.refcount -= 1;
   1665  1.1  christos 	    }
   1666  1.1  christos 	  else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
   1667  1.1  christos 	    {
   1668  1.1  christos 	      if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
   1669  1.1  christos 		local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
   1670  1.1  christos 	    }
   1671  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1672  1.1  christos 
   1673  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   1674  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   1675  1.1  christos 	  htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
   1676  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1677  1.1  christos 
   1678  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
   1679  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
   1680  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
   1681  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
   1682  1.1  christos 	  if (eh != NULL)
   1683  1.1  christos 	    {
   1684  1.1  christos 	      if (eh->plt.refcount > 0)
   1685  1.1  christos 		eh->plt.refcount -= 1;
   1686  1.1  christos 	    }
   1687  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1688  1.1  christos 
   1689  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
   1690  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
   1691  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
   1692  1.1  christos 	  if (eh != NULL)
   1693  1.1  christos 	    {
   1694  1.1  christos 	      if (eh->plt.refcount > 0)
   1695  1.1  christos 		eh->plt.refcount -= 1;
   1696  1.1  christos 	    }
   1697  1.1  christos 	  else if (local_plt_refcounts != NULL)
   1698  1.1  christos 	    {
   1699  1.1  christos 	      if (local_plt_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
   1700  1.1  christos 		local_plt_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
   1701  1.1  christos 	    }
   1702  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1703  1.1  christos 
   1704  1.1  christos 	default:
   1705  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1706  1.1  christos 	}
   1707  1.1  christos     }
   1708  1.1  christos 
   1709  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1710  1.1  christos }
   1711  1.1  christos 
   1712  1.1  christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
   1713  1.1  christos 
   1714  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1715  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   1716  1.1  christos {
   1717  1.1  christos   int offset;
   1718  1.1  christos   size_t size;
   1719  1.1  christos 
   1720  1.1  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   1721  1.1  christos     {
   1722  1.1  christos       default:
   1723  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   1724  1.1  christos 
   1725  1.1  christos       case 396:		/* Linux/hppa */
   1726  1.1  christos 	/* pr_cursig */
   1727  1.1  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   1728  1.1  christos 
   1729  1.1  christos 	/* pr_pid */
   1730  1.1  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
   1731  1.1  christos 
   1732  1.1  christos 	/* pr_reg */
   1733  1.1  christos 	offset = 72;
   1734  1.1  christos 	size = 320;
   1735  1.1  christos 
   1736  1.1  christos 	break;
   1737  1.1  christos     }
   1738  1.1  christos 
   1739  1.1  christos   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   1740  1.1  christos   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   1741  1.1  christos 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   1742  1.1  christos }
   1743  1.1  christos 
   1744  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1745  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   1746  1.1  christos {
   1747  1.1  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   1748  1.1  christos     {
   1749  1.1  christos       default:
   1750  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   1751  1.1  christos 
   1752  1.1  christos       case 124:		/* Linux/hppa elf_prpsinfo.  */
   1753  1.1  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
   1754  1.1  christos 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
   1755  1.1  christos 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
   1756  1.1  christos 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
   1757  1.1  christos     }
   1758  1.1  christos 
   1759  1.1  christos   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   1760  1.1  christos      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   1761  1.1  christos      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   1762  1.1  christos   {
   1763  1.1  christos     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
   1764  1.1  christos     int n = strlen (command);
   1765  1.1  christos 
   1766  1.1  christos     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   1767  1.1  christos       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   1768  1.1  christos   }
   1769  1.1  christos 
   1770  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1771  1.1  christos }
   1772  1.1  christos 
   1773  1.1  christos /* Our own version of hide_symbol, so that we can keep plt entries for
   1774  1.1  christos    plabels.  */
   1775  1.1  christos 
   1776  1.1  christos static void
   1777  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1778  1.1  christos 			struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh,
   1779  1.1  christos 			bfd_boolean force_local)
   1780  1.1  christos {
   1781  1.1  christos   if (force_local)
   1782  1.1  christos     {
   1783  1.1  christos       eh->forced_local = 1;
   1784  1.1  christos       if (eh->dynindx != -1)
   1785  1.1  christos 	{
   1786  1.1  christos 	  eh->dynindx = -1;
   1787  1.1  christos 	  _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
   1788  1.1  christos 				  eh->dynstr_index);
   1789  1.1  christos 	}
   1790  1.1  christos     }
   1791  1.1  christos 
   1792  1.1  christos   if (! hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh)->plabel)
   1793  1.1  christos     {
   1794  1.1  christos       eh->needs_plt = 0;
   1795  1.1  christos       eh->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_refcount;
   1796  1.1  christos     }
   1797  1.1  christos }
   1798  1.1  christos 
   1799  1.1  christos /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   1800  1.1  christos    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   1801  1.1  christos    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   1802  1.1  christos    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   1803  1.1  christos    understand.  */
   1804  1.1  christos 
   1805  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1806  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1807  1.1  christos 				  struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh)
   1808  1.1  christos {
   1809  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   1810  1.1  christos   asection *sec;
   1811  1.1  christos 
   1812  1.1  christos   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   1813  1.1  christos      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later.  */
   1814  1.1  christos   if (eh->type == STT_FUNC
   1815  1.1  christos       || eh->needs_plt)
   1816  1.1  christos     {
   1817  1.1  christos       if (eh->plt.refcount <= 0
   1818  1.1  christos 	  || (eh->def_regular
   1819  1.1  christos 	      && eh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak
   1820  1.1  christos 	      && ! hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh)->plabel
   1821  1.1  christos 	      && (!info->shared || info->symbolic)))
   1822  1.1  christos 	{
   1823  1.1  christos 	  /* The .plt entry is not needed when:
   1824  1.1  christos 	     a) Garbage collection has removed all references to the
   1825  1.1  christos 	     symbol, or
   1826  1.1  christos 	     b) We know for certain the symbol is defined in this
   1827  1.1  christos 	     object, and it's not a weak definition, nor is the symbol
   1828  1.1  christos 	     used by a plabel relocation.  Either this object is the
   1829  1.1  christos 	     application or we are doing a shared symbolic link.  */
   1830  1.1  christos 
   1831  1.1  christos 	  eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1832  1.1  christos 	  eh->needs_plt = 0;
   1833  1.1  christos 	}
   1834  1.1  christos 
   1835  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   1836  1.1  christos     }
   1837  1.1  christos   else
   1838  1.1  christos     eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1839  1.1  christos 
   1840  1.1  christos   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   1841  1.1  christos      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   1842  1.1  christos      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   1843  1.1  christos   if (eh->u.weakdef != NULL)
   1844  1.1  christos     {
   1845  1.1  christos       if (eh->u.weakdef->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
   1846  1.1  christos 	  && eh->u.weakdef->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   1847  1.1  christos 	abort ();
   1848  1.1  christos       eh->root.u.def.section = eh->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
   1849  1.1  christos       eh->root.u.def.value = eh->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
   1850  1.1  christos       if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
   1851  1.1  christos 	eh->non_got_ref = eh->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
   1852  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   1853  1.1  christos     }
   1854  1.1  christos 
   1855  1.1  christos   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   1856  1.1  christos      is not a function.  */
   1857  1.1  christos 
   1858  1.1  christos   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   1859  1.1  christos      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   1860  1.1  christos      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   1861  1.1  christos      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   1862  1.1  christos   if (info->shared)
   1863  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1864  1.1  christos 
   1865  1.1  christos   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   1866  1.1  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   1867  1.1  christos   if (!eh->non_got_ref)
   1868  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1869  1.1  christos 
   1870  1.1  christos   if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
   1871  1.1  christos     {
   1872  1.1  christos       struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   1873  1.1  christos       struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
   1874  1.1  christos 
   1875  1.1  christos       hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
   1876  1.1  christos       for (hdh_p = hh->dyn_relocs; hdh_p != NULL; hdh_p = hdh_p->hdh_next)
   1877  1.1  christos 	{
   1878  1.1  christos 	  sec = hdh_p->sec->output_section;
   1879  1.1  christos 	  if (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   1880  1.1  christos 	    break;
   1881  1.1  christos 	}
   1882  1.1  christos 
   1883  1.1  christos       /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
   1884  1.1  christos 	 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */
   1885  1.1  christos       if (hdh_p == NULL)
   1886  1.1  christos 	{
   1887  1.1  christos 	  eh->non_got_ref = 0;
   1888  1.1  christos 	  return TRUE;
   1889  1.1  christos 	}
   1890  1.1  christos     }
   1891  1.1  christos 
   1892  1.1  christos   if (eh->size == 0)
   1893  1.1  christos     {
   1894  1.1  christos       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
   1895  1.1  christos 			     eh->root.root.string);
   1896  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   1897  1.1  christos     }
   1898  1.1  christos 
   1899  1.1  christos   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   1900  1.1  christos      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   1901  1.1  christos      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   1902  1.1  christos      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   1903  1.1  christos      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   1904  1.1  christos      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   1905  1.1  christos      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   1906  1.1  christos      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   1907  1.1  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   1908  1.1  christos 
   1909  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   1910  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   1911  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1912  1.1  christos 
   1913  1.1  christos   /* We must generate a COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   1914  1.1  christos      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   1915  1.1  christos      runtime process image.  */
   1916  1.1  christos   if ((eh->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   1917  1.1  christos     {
   1918  1.1  christos       htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1919  1.1  christos       eh->needs_copy = 1;
   1920  1.1  christos     }
   1921  1.1  christos 
   1922  1.1  christos   sec = htab->sdynbss;
   1923  1.1  christos 
   1924  1.1  christos   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (eh, sec);
   1925  1.1  christos }
   1926  1.1  christos 
   1927  1.1  christos /* Allocate space in the .plt for entries that won't have relocations.
   1928  1.1  christos    ie. plabel entries.  */
   1929  1.1  christos 
   1930  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   1931  1.1  christos allocate_plt_static (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh, void *inf)
   1932  1.1  christos {
   1933  1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1934  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   1935  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   1936  1.1  christos   asection *sec;
   1937  1.1  christos 
   1938  1.1  christos   if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   1939  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   1940  1.1  christos 
   1941  1.1  christos   if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   1942  1.1  christos     eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) eh->root.u.i.link;
   1943  1.1  christos 
   1944  1.1  christos   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   1945  1.1  christos   hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
   1946  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   1947  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   1948  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   1949  1.1  christos 
   1950  1.1  christos   if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
   1951  1.1  christos       && eh->plt.refcount > 0)
   1952  1.1  christos     {
   1953  1.1  christos       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   1954  1.1  christos 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   1955  1.1  christos       if (eh->dynindx == -1
   1956  1.1  christos 	  && !eh->forced_local
   1957  1.1  christos 	  && eh->type != STT_PARISC_MILLI)
   1958  1.1  christos 	{
   1959  1.1  christos 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh))
   1960  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   1961  1.1  christos 	}
   1962  1.1  christos 
   1963  1.1  christos       if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, info->shared, eh))
   1964  1.1  christos 	{
   1965  1.1  christos 	  /* Allocate these later.  From this point on, h->plabel
   1966  1.1  christos 	     means that the plt entry is only used by a plabel.
   1967  1.1  christos 	     We'll be using a normal plt entry for this symbol, so
   1968  1.1  christos 	     clear the plabel indicator.  */
   1969  1.1  christos 
   1970  1.1  christos 	  hh->plabel = 0;
   1971  1.1  christos 	}
   1972  1.1  christos       else if (hh->plabel)
   1973  1.1  christos 	{
   1974  1.1  christos 	  /* Make an entry in the .plt section for plabel references
   1975  1.1  christos 	     that won't have a .plt entry for other reasons.  */
   1976  1.1  christos 	  sec = htab->splt;
   1977  1.1  christos 	  eh->plt.offset = sec->size;
   1978  1.1  christos 	  sec->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   1979  1.1  christos 	}
   1980  1.1  christos       else
   1981  1.1  christos 	{
   1982  1.1  christos 	  /* No .plt entry needed.  */
   1983  1.1  christos 	  eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1984  1.1  christos 	  eh->needs_plt = 0;
   1985  1.1  christos 	}
   1986  1.1  christos     }
   1987  1.1  christos   else
   1988  1.1  christos     {
   1989  1.1  christos       eh->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1990  1.1  christos       eh->needs_plt = 0;
   1991  1.1  christos     }
   1992  1.1  christos 
   1993  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   1994  1.1  christos }
   1995  1.1  christos 
   1996  1.1  christos /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   1997  1.1  christos    global syms.  */
   1998  1.1  christos 
   1999  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2000  1.1  christos allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh, void *inf)
   2001  1.1  christos {
   2002  1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2003  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   2004  1.1  christos   asection *sec;
   2005  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   2006  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
   2007  1.1  christos 
   2008  1.1  christos   if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2009  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2010  1.1  christos 
   2011  1.1  christos   if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2012  1.1  christos     eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) eh->root.u.i.link;
   2013  1.1  christos 
   2014  1.1  christos   info = inf;
   2015  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2016  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2017  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   2018  1.1  christos 
   2019  1.1  christos   hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
   2020  1.1  christos 
   2021  1.1  christos   if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
   2022  1.1  christos       && eh->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   2023  1.1  christos       && !hh->plabel
   2024  1.1  christos       && eh->plt.refcount > 0)
   2025  1.1  christos     {
   2026  1.1  christos       /* Make an entry in the .plt section.  */
   2027  1.1  christos       sec = htab->splt;
   2028  1.1  christos       eh->plt.offset = sec->size;
   2029  1.1  christos       sec->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2030  1.1  christos 
   2031  1.1  christos       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   2032  1.1  christos       htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2033  1.1  christos       htab->need_plt_stub = 1;
   2034  1.1  christos     }
   2035  1.1  christos 
   2036  1.1  christos   if (eh->got.refcount > 0)
   2037  1.1  christos     {
   2038  1.1  christos       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2039  1.1  christos 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2040  1.1  christos       if (eh->dynindx == -1
   2041  1.1  christos 	  && !eh->forced_local
   2042  1.1  christos 	  && eh->type != STT_PARISC_MILLI)
   2043  1.1  christos 	{
   2044  1.1  christos 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh))
   2045  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2046  1.1  christos 	}
   2047  1.1  christos 
   2048  1.1  christos       sec = htab->sgot;
   2049  1.1  christos       eh->got.offset = sec->size;
   2050  1.1  christos       sec->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2051  1.1  christos       /* R_PARISC_TLS_GD* needs two GOT entries */
   2052  1.1  christos       if ((hh->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE)) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE))
   2053  1.1  christos       	sec->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 2;
   2054  1.1  christos       else if ((hh->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2055  1.1  christos       	sec->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2056  1.1  christos       if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
   2057  1.1  christos 	  && (info->shared
   2058  1.1  christos 	      || (eh->dynindx != -1
   2059  1.1  christos 		  && !eh->forced_local)))
   2060  1.1  christos 	{
   2061  1.1  christos 	  htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2062  1.1  christos 	  if ((hh->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE)) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE))
   2063  1.1  christos 	    htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2064  1.1  christos 	  else if ((hh->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2065  1.1  christos 	    htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2066  1.1  christos 	}
   2067  1.1  christos     }
   2068  1.1  christos   else
   2069  1.1  christos     eh->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2070  1.1  christos 
   2071  1.1  christos   if (hh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
   2072  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   2073  1.1  christos 
   2074  1.1  christos   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
   2075  1.1  christos      space allocated for dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols
   2076  1.1  christos      defined in a regular object.  For the normal shared case, discard
   2077  1.1  christos      space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
   2078  1.1  christos      changes.  */
   2079  1.1  christos   if (info->shared)
   2080  1.1  christos     {
   2081  1.1  christos #if RELATIVE_DYNRELOCS
   2082  1.1  christos       if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, eh))
   2083  1.1  christos 	{
   2084  1.1  christos 	  struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry **hdh_pp;
   2085  1.1  christos 
   2086  1.1  christos 	  for (hdh_pp = &hh->dyn_relocs; (hdh_p = *hdh_pp) != NULL; )
   2087  1.1  christos 	    {
   2088  1.1  christos 	      hdh_p->count -= hdh_p->relative_count;
   2089  1.1  christos 	      hdh_p->relative_count = 0;
   2090  1.1  christos 	      if (hdh_p->count == 0)
   2091  1.1  christos 		*hdh_pp = hdh_p->hdh_next;
   2092  1.1  christos 	      else
   2093  1.1  christos 		hdh_pp = &hdh_p->hdh_next;
   2094  1.1  christos 	    }
   2095  1.1  christos 	}
   2096  1.1  christos #endif
   2097  1.1  christos 
   2098  1.1  christos       /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
   2099  1.1  christos 	 visibility.  */
   2100  1.1  christos       if (hh->dyn_relocs != NULL
   2101  1.1  christos 	  && eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2102  1.1  christos 	{
   2103  1.1  christos 	  if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   2104  1.1  christos 	    hh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2105  1.1  christos 
   2106  1.1  christos 	  /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
   2107  1.1  christos 	     symbol in PIEs.  */
   2108  1.1  christos 	  else if (eh->dynindx == -1
   2109  1.1  christos 		   && !eh->forced_local)
   2110  1.1  christos 	    {
   2111  1.1  christos 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh))
   2112  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   2113  1.1  christos 	    }
   2114  1.1  christos 	}
   2115  1.1  christos     }
   2116  1.1  christos   else
   2117  1.1  christos     {
   2118  1.1  christos       /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
   2119  1.1  christos 	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
   2120  1.1  christos 	 dynamic.  */
   2121  1.1  christos 
   2122  1.1  christos       if (!eh->non_got_ref
   2123  1.1  christos 	  && ((ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
   2124  1.1  christos 	       && eh->def_dynamic
   2125  1.1  christos 	       && !eh->def_regular)
   2126  1.1  christos 	       || (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created
   2127  1.1  christos 		   && (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2128  1.1  christos 		       || eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
   2129  1.1  christos 	{
   2130  1.1  christos 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2131  1.1  christos 	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2132  1.1  christos 	  if (eh->dynindx == -1
   2133  1.1  christos 	      && !eh->forced_local
   2134  1.1  christos 	      && eh->type != STT_PARISC_MILLI)
   2135  1.1  christos 	    {
   2136  1.1  christos 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, eh))
   2137  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   2138  1.1  christos 	    }
   2139  1.1  christos 
   2140  1.1  christos 	  /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
   2141  1.1  christos 	     relocs.  */
   2142  1.1  christos 	  if (eh->dynindx != -1)
   2143  1.1  christos 	    goto keep;
   2144  1.1  christos 	}
   2145  1.1  christos 
   2146  1.1  christos       hh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2147  1.1  christos       return TRUE;
   2148  1.1  christos 
   2149  1.1  christos     keep: ;
   2150  1.1  christos     }
   2151  1.1  christos 
   2152  1.1  christos   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
   2153  1.1  christos   for (hdh_p = hh->dyn_relocs; hdh_p != NULL; hdh_p = hdh_p->hdh_next)
   2154  1.1  christos     {
   2155  1.1  christos       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (hdh_p->sec)->sreloc;
   2156  1.1  christos       sreloc->size += hdh_p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2157  1.1  christos     }
   2158  1.1  christos 
   2159  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2160  1.1  christos }
   2161  1.1  christos 
   2162  1.1  christos /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse to force
   2163  1.1  christos    millicode symbols local so they do not end up as globals in the
   2164  1.1  christos    dynamic symbol table.  We ought to be able to do this in
   2165  1.1  christos    adjust_dynamic_symbol, but our adjust_dynamic_symbol is not called
   2166  1.1  christos    for all dynamic symbols.  Arguably, this is a bug in
   2167  1.1  christos    elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
   2168  1.1  christos 
   2169  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2170  1.1  christos clobber_millicode_symbols (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh,
   2171  1.1  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2172  1.1  christos {
   2173  1.1  christos   if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2174  1.1  christos     eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) eh->root.u.i.link;
   2175  1.1  christos 
   2176  1.1  christos   if (eh->type == STT_PARISC_MILLI
   2177  1.1  christos       && !eh->forced_local)
   2178  1.1  christos     {
   2179  1.1  christos       elf32_hppa_hide_symbol (info, eh, TRUE);
   2180  1.1  christos     }
   2181  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2182  1.1  christos }
   2183  1.1  christos 
   2184  1.1  christos /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
   2185  1.1  christos 
   2186  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2187  1.1  christos readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh, void *inf)
   2188  1.1  christos {
   2189  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   2190  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
   2191  1.1  christos 
   2192  1.1  christos   if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2193  1.1  christos     eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) eh->root.u.i.link;
   2194  1.1  christos 
   2195  1.1  christos   hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
   2196  1.1  christos   for (hdh_p = hh->dyn_relocs; hdh_p != NULL; hdh_p = hdh_p->hdh_next)
   2197  1.1  christos     {
   2198  1.1  christos       asection *sec = hdh_p->sec->output_section;
   2199  1.1  christos 
   2200  1.1  christos       if (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2201  1.1  christos 	{
   2202  1.1  christos 	  struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
   2203  1.1  christos 
   2204  1.1  christos 	  info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2205  1.1  christos 
   2206  1.1  christos 	  /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
   2207  1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   2208  1.1  christos 	}
   2209  1.1  christos     }
   2210  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2211  1.1  christos }
   2212  1.1  christos 
   2213  1.1  christos /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   2214  1.1  christos 
   2215  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   2216  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2217  1.1  christos 				  struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2218  1.1  christos {
   2219  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   2220  1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2221  1.1  christos   bfd *ibfd;
   2222  1.1  christos   asection *sec;
   2223  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean relocs;
   2224  1.1  christos 
   2225  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2226  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2227  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   2228  1.1  christos 
   2229  1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->etab.dynobj;
   2230  1.1  christos   if (dynobj == NULL)
   2231  1.1  christos     abort ();
   2232  1.1  christos 
   2233  1.1  christos   if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
   2234  1.1  christos     {
   2235  1.1  christos       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   2236  1.1  christos       if (info->executable)
   2237  1.1  christos 	{
   2238  1.1  christos 	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
   2239  1.1  christos 	  if (sec == NULL)
   2240  1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   2241  1.1  christos 	  sec->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   2242  1.1  christos 	  sec->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   2243  1.1  christos 	}
   2244  1.1  christos 
   2245  1.1  christos       /* Force millicode symbols local.  */
   2246  1.1  christos       elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->etab,
   2247  1.1  christos 			      clobber_millicode_symbols,
   2248  1.1  christos 			      info);
   2249  1.1  christos     }
   2250  1.1  christos 
   2251  1.1  christos   /* Set up .got and .plt offsets for local syms, and space for local
   2252  1.1  christos      dynamic relocs.  */
   2253  1.1  christos   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
   2254  1.1  christos     {
   2255  1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
   2256  1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
   2257  1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *local_plt;
   2258  1.1  christos       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_plt;
   2259  1.1  christos       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
   2260  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2261  1.1  christos       asection *srel;
   2262  1.1  christos       char *local_tls_type;
   2263  1.1  christos 
   2264  1.1  christos       if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   2265  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2266  1.1  christos 
   2267  1.1  christos       for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
   2268  1.1  christos 	{
   2269  1.1  christos 	  struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *hdh_p;
   2270  1.1  christos 
   2271  1.1  christos 	  for (hdh_p = ((struct elf32_hppa_dyn_reloc_entry *)
   2272  1.1  christos 		    elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel);
   2273  1.1  christos 	       hdh_p != NULL;
   2274  1.1  christos 	       hdh_p = hdh_p->hdh_next)
   2275  1.1  christos 	    {
   2276  1.1  christos 	      if (!bfd_is_abs_section (hdh_p->sec)
   2277  1.1  christos 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (hdh_p->sec->output_section))
   2278  1.1  christos 		{
   2279  1.1  christos 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
   2280  1.1  christos 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
   2281  1.1  christos 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
   2282  1.1  christos 		     the relocs too.  */
   2283  1.1  christos 		}
   2284  1.1  christos 	      else if (hdh_p->count != 0)
   2285  1.1  christos 		{
   2286  1.1  christos 		  srel = elf_section_data (hdh_p->sec)->sreloc;
   2287  1.1  christos 		  srel->size += hdh_p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2288  1.1  christos 		  if ((hdh_p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2289  1.1  christos 		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2290  1.1  christos 		}
   2291  1.1  christos 	    }
   2292  1.1  christos 	}
   2293  1.1  christos 
   2294  1.1  christos       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   2295  1.1  christos       if (!local_got)
   2296  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2297  1.1  christos 
   2298  1.1  christos       symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2299  1.1  christos       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   2300  1.1  christos       end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
   2301  1.1  christos       local_tls_type = hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
   2302  1.1  christos       sec = htab->sgot;
   2303  1.1  christos       srel = htab->srelgot;
   2304  1.1  christos       for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
   2305  1.1  christos 	{
   2306  1.1  christos 	  if (*local_got > 0)
   2307  1.1  christos 	    {
   2308  1.1  christos 	      *local_got = sec->size;
   2309  1.1  christos 	      sec->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2310  1.1  christos 	      if ((*local_tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE)) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE))
   2311  1.1  christos 		sec->size += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2312  1.1  christos 	      else if ((*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2313  1.1  christos 		sec->size += GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2314  1.1  christos 	      if (info->shared)
   2315  1.1  christos 	        {
   2316  1.1  christos 		  srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2317  1.1  christos 		  if ((*local_tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE)) == (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_IE))
   2318  1.1  christos 		    srel->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2319  1.1  christos 		  else if ((*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2320  1.1  christos 		    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2321  1.1  christos 	        }
   2322  1.1  christos 	    }
   2323  1.1  christos 	  else
   2324  1.1  christos 	    *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2325  1.1  christos 
   2326  1.1  christos 	  ++local_tls_type;
   2327  1.1  christos 	}
   2328  1.1  christos 
   2329  1.1  christos       local_plt = end_local_got;
   2330  1.1  christos       end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
   2331  1.1  christos       if (! htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
   2332  1.1  christos 	{
   2333  1.1  christos 	  /* Won't be used, but be safe.  */
   2334  1.1  christos 	  for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt)
   2335  1.1  christos 	    *local_plt = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2336  1.1  christos 	}
   2337  1.1  christos       else
   2338  1.1  christos 	{
   2339  1.1  christos 	  sec = htab->splt;
   2340  1.1  christos 	  srel = htab->srelplt;
   2341  1.1  christos 	  for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt)
   2342  1.1  christos 	    {
   2343  1.1  christos 	      if (*local_plt > 0)
   2344  1.1  christos 		{
   2345  1.1  christos 		  *local_plt = sec->size;
   2346  1.1  christos 		  sec->size += PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2347  1.1  christos 		  if (info->shared)
   2348  1.1  christos 		    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2349  1.1  christos 		}
   2350  1.1  christos 	      else
   2351  1.1  christos 		*local_plt = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2352  1.1  christos 	    }
   2353  1.1  christos 	}
   2354  1.1  christos     }
   2355  1.1  christos 
   2356  1.1  christos   if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
   2357  1.1  christos     {
   2358  1.1  christos       /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for
   2359  1.1  christos          R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32 relocs.  */
   2360  1.1  christos       htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
   2361  1.1  christos       htab->sgot->size += (GOT_ENTRY_SIZE * 2);
   2362  1.1  christos       htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2363  1.1  christos     }
   2364  1.1  christos   else
   2365  1.1  christos     htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
   2366  1.1  christos 
   2367  1.1  christos   /* Do all the .plt entries without relocs first.  The dynamic linker
   2368  1.1  christos      uses the last .plt reloc to find the end of the .plt (and hence
   2369  1.1  christos      the start of the .got) for lazy linking.  */
   2370  1.1  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->etab, allocate_plt_static, info);
   2371  1.1  christos 
   2372  1.1  christos   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
   2373  1.1  christos      sym dynamic relocs.  */
   2374  1.1  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->etab, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
   2375  1.1  christos 
   2376  1.1  christos   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   2377  1.1  christos      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   2378  1.1  christos      memory for them.  */
   2379  1.1  christos   relocs = FALSE;
   2380  1.1  christos   for (sec = dynobj->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
   2381  1.1  christos     {
   2382  1.1  christos       if ((sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   2383  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2384  1.1  christos 
   2385  1.1  christos       if (sec == htab->splt)
   2386  1.1  christos 	{
   2387  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->need_plt_stub)
   2388  1.1  christos 	    {
   2389  1.1  christos 	      /* Make space for the plt stub at the end of the .plt
   2390  1.1  christos 		 section.  We want this stub right at the end, up
   2391  1.1  christos 		 against the .got section.  */
   2392  1.1  christos 	      int gotalign = bfd_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgot);
   2393  1.1  christos 	      int pltalign = bfd_section_alignment (dynobj, sec);
   2394  1.1  christos 	      bfd_size_type mask;
   2395  1.1  christos 
   2396  1.1  christos 	      if (gotalign > pltalign)
   2397  1.1  christos 		bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sec, gotalign);
   2398  1.1  christos 	      mask = ((bfd_size_type) 1 << gotalign) - 1;
   2399  1.1  christos 	      sec->size = (sec->size + sizeof (plt_stub) + mask) & ~mask;
   2400  1.1  christos 	    }
   2401  1.1  christos 	}
   2402  1.1  christos       else if (sec == htab->sgot
   2403  1.1  christos 	       || sec == htab->sdynbss)
   2404  1.1  christos 	;
   2405  1.1  christos       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, sec), ".rela"))
   2406  1.1  christos 	{
   2407  1.1  christos 	  if (sec->size != 0)
   2408  1.1  christos 	    {
   2409  1.1  christos 	      /* Remember whether there are any reloc sections other
   2410  1.1  christos 		 than .rela.plt.  */
   2411  1.1  christos 	      if (sec != htab->srelplt)
   2412  1.1  christos 		relocs = TRUE;
   2413  1.1  christos 
   2414  1.1  christos 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   2415  1.1  christos 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   2416  1.1  christos 	      sec->reloc_count = 0;
   2417  1.1  christos 	    }
   2418  1.1  christos 	}
   2419  1.1  christos       else
   2420  1.1  christos 	{
   2421  1.1  christos 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   2422  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2423  1.1  christos 	}
   2424  1.1  christos 
   2425  1.1  christos       if (sec->size == 0)
   2426  1.1  christos 	{
   2427  1.1  christos 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   2428  1.1  christos 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   2429  1.1  christos 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   2430  1.1  christos 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   2431  1.1  christos 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   2432  1.1  christos 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   2433  1.1  christos 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   2434  1.1  christos 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   2435  1.1  christos 	     into these sections.  */
   2436  1.1  christos 	  sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   2437  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2438  1.1  christos 	}
   2439  1.1  christos 
   2440  1.1  christos       if ((sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   2441  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2442  1.1  christos 
   2443  1.1  christos       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  Zero it, because
   2444  1.1  christos 	 we may not fill in all the reloc sections.  */
   2445  1.1  christos       sec->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sec->size);
   2446  1.1  christos       if (sec->contents == NULL)
   2447  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   2448  1.1  christos     }
   2449  1.1  christos 
   2450  1.1  christos   if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
   2451  1.1  christos     {
   2452  1.1  christos       /* Like IA-64 and HPPA64, always create a DT_PLTGOT.  It
   2453  1.1  christos 	 actually has nothing to do with the PLT, it is how we
   2454  1.1  christos 	 communicate the LTP value of a load module to the dynamic
   2455  1.1  christos 	 linker.  */
   2456  1.1  christos #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   2457  1.1  christos   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   2458  1.1  christos 
   2459  1.1  christos       if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
   2460  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   2461  1.1  christos 
   2462  1.1  christos       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   2463  1.1  christos 	 values later, in elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   2464  1.1  christos 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   2465  1.1  christos 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   2466  1.1  christos 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   2467  1.1  christos       if (info->executable)
   2468  1.1  christos 	{
   2469  1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   2470  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2471  1.1  christos 	}
   2472  1.1  christos 
   2473  1.1  christos       if (htab->srelplt->size != 0)
   2474  1.1  christos 	{
   2475  1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   2476  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   2477  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   2478  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2479  1.1  christos 	}
   2480  1.1  christos 
   2481  1.1  christos       if (relocs)
   2482  1.1  christos 	{
   2483  1.1  christos 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   2484  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   2485  1.1  christos 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   2486  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   2487  1.1  christos 
   2488  1.1  christos 	  /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
   2489  1.1  christos 	     then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
   2490  1.1  christos 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   2491  1.1  christos 	    elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->etab, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
   2492  1.1  christos 
   2493  1.1  christos 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   2494  1.1  christos 	    {
   2495  1.1  christos 	      if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   2496  1.1  christos 		return FALSE;
   2497  1.1  christos 	    }
   2498  1.1  christos 	}
   2499  1.1  christos     }
   2500  1.1  christos #undef add_dynamic_entry
   2501  1.1  christos 
   2502  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   2503  1.1  christos }
   2504  1.1  christos 
   2505  1.1  christos /* External entry points for sizing and building linker stubs.  */
   2506  1.1  christos 
   2507  1.1  christos /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
   2508  1.1  christos    for each output section included in the link.  Returns -1 on error,
   2509  1.1  christos    0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success.  */
   2510  1.1  christos 
   2511  1.1  christos int
   2512  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_setup_section_lists (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2513  1.1  christos {
   2514  1.1  christos   bfd *input_bfd;
   2515  1.1  christos   unsigned int bfd_count;
   2516  1.1  christos   int top_id, top_index;
   2517  1.1  christos   asection *section;
   2518  1.1  christos   asection **input_list, **list;
   2519  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type amt;
   2520  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2521  1.1  christos 
   2522  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2523  1.1  christos     return -1;
   2524  1.1  christos 
   2525  1.1  christos   /* Count the number of input BFDs and find the top input section id.  */
   2526  1.1  christos   for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds, bfd_count = 0, top_id = 0;
   2527  1.1  christos        input_bfd != NULL;
   2528  1.1  christos        input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next)
   2529  1.1  christos     {
   2530  1.1  christos       bfd_count += 1;
   2531  1.1  christos       for (section = input_bfd->sections;
   2532  1.1  christos 	   section != NULL;
   2533  1.1  christos 	   section = section->next)
   2534  1.1  christos 	{
   2535  1.1  christos 	  if (top_id < section->id)
   2536  1.1  christos 	    top_id = section->id;
   2537  1.1  christos 	}
   2538  1.1  christos     }
   2539  1.1  christos   htab->bfd_count = bfd_count;
   2540  1.1  christos 
   2541  1.1  christos   amt = sizeof (struct map_stub) * (top_id + 1);
   2542  1.1  christos   htab->stub_group = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
   2543  1.1  christos   if (htab->stub_group == NULL)
   2544  1.1  christos     return -1;
   2545  1.1  christos 
   2546  1.1  christos   /* We can't use output_bfd->section_count here to find the top output
   2547  1.1  christos      section index as some sections may have been removed, and
   2548  1.1  christos      strip_excluded_output_sections doesn't renumber the indices.  */
   2549  1.1  christos   for (section = output_bfd->sections, top_index = 0;
   2550  1.1  christos        section != NULL;
   2551  1.1  christos        section = section->next)
   2552  1.1  christos     {
   2553  1.1  christos       if (top_index < section->index)
   2554  1.1  christos 	top_index = section->index;
   2555  1.1  christos     }
   2556  1.1  christos 
   2557  1.1  christos   htab->top_index = top_index;
   2558  1.1  christos   amt = sizeof (asection *) * (top_index + 1);
   2559  1.1  christos   input_list = bfd_malloc (amt);
   2560  1.1  christos   htab->input_list = input_list;
   2561  1.1  christos   if (input_list == NULL)
   2562  1.1  christos     return -1;
   2563  1.1  christos 
   2564  1.1  christos   /* For sections we aren't interested in, mark their entries with a
   2565  1.1  christos      value we can check later.  */
   2566  1.1  christos   list = input_list + top_index;
   2567  1.1  christos   do
   2568  1.1  christos     *list = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
   2569  1.1  christos   while (list-- != input_list);
   2570  1.1  christos 
   2571  1.1  christos   for (section = output_bfd->sections;
   2572  1.1  christos        section != NULL;
   2573  1.1  christos        section = section->next)
   2574  1.1  christos     {
   2575  1.1  christos       if ((section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
   2576  1.1  christos 	input_list[section->index] = NULL;
   2577  1.1  christos     }
   2578  1.1  christos 
   2579  1.1  christos   return 1;
   2580  1.1  christos }
   2581  1.1  christos 
   2582  1.1  christos /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
   2583  1.1  christos    in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
   2584  1.1  christos    Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
   2585  1.1  christos    we may insert linker stubs.  */
   2586  1.1  christos 
   2587  1.1  christos void
   2588  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *isec)
   2589  1.1  christos {
   2590  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2591  1.1  christos 
   2592  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2593  1.1  christos     return;
   2594  1.1  christos 
   2595  1.1  christos   if (isec->output_section->index <= htab->top_index)
   2596  1.1  christos     {
   2597  1.1  christos       asection **list = htab->input_list + isec->output_section->index;
   2598  1.1  christos       if (*list != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
   2599  1.1  christos 	{
   2600  1.1  christos 	  /* Steal the link_sec pointer for our list.  */
   2601  1.1  christos #define PREV_SEC(sec) (htab->stub_group[(sec)->id].link_sec)
   2602  1.1  christos 	  /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
   2603  1.1  christos 	     which is what we want.  */
   2604  1.1  christos 	  PREV_SEC (isec) = *list;
   2605  1.1  christos 	  *list = isec;
   2606  1.1  christos 	}
   2607  1.1  christos     }
   2608  1.1  christos }
   2609  1.1  christos 
   2610  1.1  christos /* See whether we can group stub sections together.  Grouping stub
   2611  1.1  christos    sections may result in fewer stubs.  More importantly, we need to
   2612  1.1  christos    put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
   2613  1.1  christos    .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
   2614  1.1  christos    _init and _fini functions into multiple parts.  Putting a stub in
   2615  1.1  christos    the middle of a function is not a good idea.  */
   2616  1.1  christos 
   2617  1.1  christos static void
   2618  1.1  christos group_sections (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab,
   2619  1.1  christos 		bfd_size_type stub_group_size,
   2620  1.1  christos 		bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch)
   2621  1.1  christos {
   2622  1.1  christos   asection **list = htab->input_list + htab->top_index;
   2623  1.1  christos   do
   2624  1.1  christos     {
   2625  1.1  christos       asection *tail = *list;
   2626  1.1  christos       if (tail == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
   2627  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2628  1.1  christos       while (tail != NULL)
   2629  1.1  christos 	{
   2630  1.1  christos 	  asection *curr;
   2631  1.1  christos 	  asection *prev;
   2632  1.1  christos 	  bfd_size_type total;
   2633  1.1  christos 	  bfd_boolean big_sec;
   2634  1.1  christos 
   2635  1.1  christos 	  curr = tail;
   2636  1.1  christos 	  total = tail->size;
   2637  1.1  christos 	  big_sec = total >= stub_group_size;
   2638  1.1  christos 
   2639  1.1  christos 	  while ((prev = PREV_SEC (curr)) != NULL
   2640  1.1  christos 		 && ((total += curr->output_offset - prev->output_offset)
   2641  1.1  christos 		     < stub_group_size))
   2642  1.1  christos 	    curr = prev;
   2643  1.1  christos 
   2644  1.1  christos 	  /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
   2645  1.1  christos 	     than 240000 bytes and thus can be handled by one stub
   2646  1.1  christos 	     section.  (or the tail section is itself larger than
   2647  1.1  christos 	     240000 bytes, in which case we may be toast.)
   2648  1.1  christos 	     We should really be keeping track of the total size of
   2649  1.1  christos 	     stubs added here, as stubs contribute to the final output
   2650  1.1  christos 	     section size.  That's a little tricky, and this way will
   2651  1.1  christos 	     only break if stubs added total more than 22144 bytes, or
   2652  1.1  christos 	     2768 long branch stubs.  It seems unlikely for more than
   2653  1.1  christos 	     2768 different functions to be called, especially from
   2654  1.1  christos 	     code only 240000 bytes long.  This limit used to be
   2655  1.1  christos 	     250000, but c++ code tends to generate lots of little
   2656  1.1  christos 	     functions, and sometimes violated the assumption.  */
   2657  1.1  christos 	  do
   2658  1.1  christos 	    {
   2659  1.1  christos 	      prev = PREV_SEC (tail);
   2660  1.1  christos 	      /* Set up this stub group.  */
   2661  1.1  christos 	      htab->stub_group[tail->id].link_sec = curr;
   2662  1.1  christos 	    }
   2663  1.1  christos 	  while (tail != curr && (tail = prev) != NULL);
   2664  1.1  christos 
   2665  1.1  christos 	  /* But wait, there's more!  Input sections up to 240000
   2666  1.1  christos 	     bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
   2667  1.1  christos 	     Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
   2668  1.1  christos 	     stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
   2669  1.1  christos 	     branches may not reach into the stub section.  */
   2670  1.1  christos 	  if (!stubs_always_before_branch && !big_sec)
   2671  1.1  christos 	    {
   2672  1.1  christos 	      total = 0;
   2673  1.1  christos 	      while (prev != NULL
   2674  1.1  christos 		     && ((total += tail->output_offset - prev->output_offset)
   2675  1.1  christos 			 < stub_group_size))
   2676  1.1  christos 		{
   2677  1.1  christos 		  tail = prev;
   2678  1.1  christos 		  prev = PREV_SEC (tail);
   2679  1.1  christos 		  htab->stub_group[tail->id].link_sec = curr;
   2680  1.1  christos 		}
   2681  1.1  christos 	    }
   2682  1.1  christos 	  tail = prev;
   2683  1.1  christos 	}
   2684  1.1  christos     }
   2685  1.1  christos   while (list-- != htab->input_list);
   2686  1.1  christos   free (htab->input_list);
   2687  1.1  christos #undef PREV_SEC
   2688  1.1  christos }
   2689  1.1  christos 
   2690  1.1  christos /* Read in all local syms for all input bfds, and create hash entries
   2691  1.1  christos    for export stubs if we are building a multi-subspace shared lib.
   2692  1.1  christos    Returns -1 on error, 1 if export stubs created, 0 otherwise.  */
   2693  1.1  christos 
   2694  1.1  christos static int
   2695  1.1  christos get_local_syms (bfd *output_bfd, bfd *input_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2696  1.1  christos {
   2697  1.1  christos   unsigned int bfd_indx;
   2698  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, **all_local_syms;
   2699  1.1  christos   int stub_changed = 0;
   2700  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2701  1.1  christos 
   2702  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2703  1.1  christos     return -1;
   2704  1.1  christos 
   2705  1.1  christos   /* We want to read in symbol extension records only once.  To do this
   2706  1.1  christos      we need to read in the local symbols in parallel and save them for
   2707  1.1  christos      later use; so hold pointers to the local symbols in an array.  */
   2708  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym *) * htab->bfd_count;
   2709  1.1  christos   all_local_syms = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
   2710  1.1  christos   htab->all_local_syms = all_local_syms;
   2711  1.1  christos   if (all_local_syms == NULL)
   2712  1.1  christos     return -1;
   2713  1.1  christos 
   2714  1.1  christos   /* Walk over all the input BFDs, swapping in local symbols.
   2715  1.1  christos      If we are creating a shared library, create hash entries for the
   2716  1.1  christos      export stubs.  */
   2717  1.1  christos   for (bfd_indx = 0;
   2718  1.1  christos        input_bfd != NULL;
   2719  1.1  christos        input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next, bfd_indx++)
   2720  1.1  christos     {
   2721  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2722  1.1  christos 
   2723  1.1  christos       /* We'll need the symbol table in a second.  */
   2724  1.1  christos       symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2725  1.1  christos       if (symtab_hdr->sh_info == 0)
   2726  1.1  christos 	continue;
   2727  1.1  christos 
   2728  1.1  christos       /* We need an array of the local symbols attached to the input bfd.  */
   2729  1.1  christos       local_syms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   2730  1.1  christos       if (local_syms == NULL)
   2731  1.1  christos 	{
   2732  1.1  christos 	  local_syms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
   2733  1.1  christos 					     symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   2734  1.1  christos 					     NULL, NULL, NULL);
   2735  1.1  christos 	  /* Cache them for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
   2736  1.1  christos 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
   2737  1.1  christos 	}
   2738  1.1  christos       if (local_syms == NULL)
   2739  1.1  christos 	return -1;
   2740  1.1  christos 
   2741  1.1  christos       all_local_syms[bfd_indx] = local_syms;
   2742  1.1  christos 
   2743  1.1  christos       if (info->shared && htab->multi_subspace)
   2744  1.1  christos 	{
   2745  1.1  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry **eh_syms;
   2746  1.1  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry **eh_symend;
   2747  1.1  christos 	  unsigned int symcount;
   2748  1.1  christos 
   2749  1.1  christos 	  symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
   2750  1.1  christos 		      - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   2751  1.1  christos 	  eh_syms = (struct elf_link_hash_entry **) elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   2752  1.1  christos 	  eh_symend = (struct elf_link_hash_entry **) (eh_syms + symcount);
   2753  1.1  christos 
   2754  1.1  christos 	  /* Look through the global syms for functions;  We need to
   2755  1.1  christos 	     build export stubs for all globally visible functions.  */
   2756  1.1  christos 	  for (; eh_syms < eh_symend; eh_syms++)
   2757  1.1  christos 	    {
   2758  1.1  christos 	      struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   2759  1.1  christos 
   2760  1.1  christos 	      hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (*eh_syms);
   2761  1.1  christos 
   2762  1.1  christos 	      while (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2763  1.1  christos 		     || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2764  1.1  christos 		   hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (hh->eh.root.u.i.link);
   2765  1.1  christos 
   2766  1.1  christos 	      /* At this point in the link, undefined syms have been
   2767  1.1  christos 		 resolved, so we need to check that the symbol was
   2768  1.1  christos 		 defined in this BFD.  */
   2769  1.1  christos 	      if ((hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2770  1.1  christos 		   || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   2771  1.1  christos 		  && hh->eh.type == STT_FUNC
   2772  1.1  christos 		  && hh->eh.root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL
   2773  1.1  christos 		  && (hh->eh.root.u.def.section->output_section->owner
   2774  1.1  christos 		      == output_bfd)
   2775  1.1  christos 		  && hh->eh.root.u.def.section->owner == input_bfd
   2776  1.1  christos 		  && hh->eh.def_regular
   2777  1.1  christos 		  && !hh->eh.forced_local
   2778  1.1  christos 		  && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (hh->eh.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   2779  1.1  christos 		{
   2780  1.1  christos 		  asection *sec;
   2781  1.1  christos 		  const char *stub_name;
   2782  1.1  christos 		  struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
   2783  1.1  christos 
   2784  1.1  christos 		  sec = hh->eh.root.u.def.section;
   2785  1.1  christos 		  stub_name = hh_name (hh);
   2786  1.1  christos 		  hsh = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab,
   2787  1.1  christos 						      stub_name,
   2788  1.1  christos 						      FALSE, FALSE);
   2789  1.1  christos 		  if (hsh == NULL)
   2790  1.1  christos 		    {
   2791  1.1  christos 		      hsh = hppa_add_stub (stub_name, sec, htab);
   2792  1.1  christos 		      if (!hsh)
   2793  1.1  christos 			return -1;
   2794  1.1  christos 
   2795  1.1  christos 		      hsh->target_value = hh->eh.root.u.def.value;
   2796  1.1  christos 		      hsh->target_section = hh->eh.root.u.def.section;
   2797  1.1  christos 		      hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_export;
   2798  1.1  christos 		      hsh->hh = hh;
   2799  1.1  christos 		      stub_changed = 1;
   2800  1.1  christos 		    }
   2801  1.1  christos 		  else
   2802  1.1  christos 		    {
   2803  1.1  christos 		      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: duplicate export stub %s"),
   2804  1.1  christos 					     input_bfd,
   2805  1.1  christos 					     stub_name);
   2806  1.1  christos 		    }
   2807  1.1  christos 		}
   2808  1.1  christos 	    }
   2809  1.1  christos 	}
   2810  1.1  christos     }
   2811  1.1  christos 
   2812  1.1  christos   return stub_changed;
   2813  1.1  christos }
   2814  1.1  christos 
   2815  1.1  christos /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
   2816  1.1  christos 
   2817  1.1  christos    The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
   2818  1.1  christos    PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
   2819  1.1  christos    instruction.  */
   2820  1.1  christos 
   2821  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   2822  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_size_stubs
   2823  1.1  christos   (bfd *output_bfd, bfd *stub_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2824  1.1  christos    bfd_boolean multi_subspace, bfd_signed_vma group_size,
   2825  1.1  christos    asection * (*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *),
   2826  1.1  christos    void (*layout_sections_again) (void))
   2827  1.1  christos {
   2828  1.1  christos   bfd_size_type stub_group_size;
   2829  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch;
   2830  1.1  christos   bfd_boolean stub_changed;
   2831  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   2832  1.1  christos 
   2833  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2834  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   2835  1.1  christos 
   2836  1.1  christos   /* Stash our params away.  */
   2837  1.1  christos   htab->stub_bfd = stub_bfd;
   2838  1.1  christos   htab->multi_subspace = multi_subspace;
   2839  1.1  christos   htab->add_stub_section = add_stub_section;
   2840  1.1  christos   htab->layout_sections_again = layout_sections_again;
   2841  1.1  christos   stubs_always_before_branch = group_size < 0;
   2842  1.1  christos   if (group_size < 0)
   2843  1.1  christos     stub_group_size = -group_size;
   2844  1.1  christos   else
   2845  1.1  christos     stub_group_size = group_size;
   2846  1.1  christos   if (stub_group_size == 1)
   2847  1.1  christos     {
   2848  1.1  christos       /* Default values.  */
   2849  1.1  christos       if (stubs_always_before_branch)
   2850  1.1  christos 	{
   2851  1.1  christos 	  stub_group_size = 7680000;
   2852  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->has_17bit_branch || htab->multi_subspace)
   2853  1.1  christos 	    stub_group_size = 240000;
   2854  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->has_12bit_branch)
   2855  1.1  christos 	    stub_group_size = 7500;
   2856  1.1  christos 	}
   2857  1.1  christos       else
   2858  1.1  christos 	{
   2859  1.1  christos 	  stub_group_size = 6971392;
   2860  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->has_17bit_branch || htab->multi_subspace)
   2861  1.1  christos 	    stub_group_size = 217856;
   2862  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->has_12bit_branch)
   2863  1.1  christos 	    stub_group_size = 6808;
   2864  1.1  christos 	}
   2865  1.1  christos     }
   2866  1.1  christos 
   2867  1.1  christos   group_sections (htab, stub_group_size, stubs_always_before_branch);
   2868  1.1  christos 
   2869  1.1  christos   switch (get_local_syms (output_bfd, info->input_bfds, info))
   2870  1.1  christos     {
   2871  1.1  christos     default:
   2872  1.1  christos       if (htab->all_local_syms)
   2873  1.1  christos 	goto error_ret_free_local;
   2874  1.1  christos       return FALSE;
   2875  1.1  christos 
   2876  1.1  christos     case 0:
   2877  1.1  christos       stub_changed = FALSE;
   2878  1.1  christos       break;
   2879  1.1  christos 
   2880  1.1  christos     case 1:
   2881  1.1  christos       stub_changed = TRUE;
   2882  1.1  christos       break;
   2883  1.1  christos     }
   2884  1.1  christos 
   2885  1.1  christos   while (1)
   2886  1.1  christos     {
   2887  1.1  christos       bfd *input_bfd;
   2888  1.1  christos       unsigned int bfd_indx;
   2889  1.1  christos       asection *stub_sec;
   2890  1.1  christos 
   2891  1.1  christos       for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds, bfd_indx = 0;
   2892  1.1  christos 	   input_bfd != NULL;
   2893  1.1  christos 	   input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next, bfd_indx++)
   2894  1.1  christos 	{
   2895  1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2896  1.1  christos 	  asection *section;
   2897  1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
   2898  1.1  christos 
   2899  1.1  christos 	  /* We'll need the symbol table in a second.  */
   2900  1.1  christos 	  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2901  1.1  christos 	  if (symtab_hdr->sh_info == 0)
   2902  1.1  christos 	    continue;
   2903  1.1  christos 
   2904  1.1  christos 	  local_syms = htab->all_local_syms[bfd_indx];
   2905  1.1  christos 
   2906  1.1  christos 	  /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd.  */
   2907  1.1  christos 	  for (section = input_bfd->sections;
   2908  1.1  christos 	       section != NULL;
   2909  1.1  christos 	       section = section->next)
   2910  1.1  christos 	    {
   2911  1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs, *irelaend, *irela;
   2912  1.1  christos 
   2913  1.1  christos 	      /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
   2914  1.1  christos 		 to do.  */
   2915  1.1  christos 	      if ((section->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
   2916  1.1  christos 		  || section->reloc_count == 0)
   2917  1.1  christos 		continue;
   2918  1.1  christos 
   2919  1.1  christos 	      /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
   2920  1.1  christos 		 discarded, then don't create any stubs.  */
   2921  1.1  christos 	      if (section->output_section == NULL
   2922  1.1  christos 		  || section->output_section->owner != output_bfd)
   2923  1.1  christos 		continue;
   2924  1.1  christos 
   2925  1.1  christos 	      /* Get the relocs.  */
   2926  1.1  christos 	      internal_relocs
   2927  1.1  christos 		= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd, section, NULL, NULL,
   2928  1.1  christos 					     info->keep_memory);
   2929  1.1  christos 	      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   2930  1.1  christos 		goto error_ret_free_local;
   2931  1.1  christos 
   2932  1.1  christos 	      /* Now examine each relocation.  */
   2933  1.1  christos 	      irela = internal_relocs;
   2934  1.1  christos 	      irelaend = irela + section->reloc_count;
   2935  1.1  christos 	      for (; irela < irelaend; irela++)
   2936  1.1  christos 		{
   2937  1.1  christos 		  unsigned int r_type, r_indx;
   2938  1.1  christos 		  enum elf32_hppa_stub_type stub_type;
   2939  1.1  christos 		  struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh;
   2940  1.1  christos 		  asection *sym_sec;
   2941  1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma sym_value;
   2942  1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma destination;
   2943  1.1  christos 		  struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   2944  1.1  christos 		  char *stub_name;
   2945  1.1  christos 		  const asection *id_sec;
   2946  1.1  christos 
   2947  1.1  christos 		  r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irela->r_info);
   2948  1.1  christos 		  r_indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irela->r_info);
   2949  1.1  christos 
   2950  1.1  christos 		  if (r_type >= (unsigned int) R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED)
   2951  1.1  christos 		    {
   2952  1.1  christos 		      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2953  1.1  christos 		    error_ret_free_internal:
   2954  1.1  christos 		      if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs == NULL)
   2955  1.1  christos 			free (internal_relocs);
   2956  1.1  christos 		      goto error_ret_free_local;
   2957  1.1  christos 		    }
   2958  1.1  christos 
   2959  1.1  christos 		  /* Only look for stubs on call instructions.  */
   2960  1.1  christos 		  if (r_type != (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL12F
   2961  1.1  christos 		      && r_type != (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL17F
   2962  1.1  christos 		      && r_type != (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL22F)
   2963  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   2964  1.1  christos 
   2965  1.1  christos 		  /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
   2966  1.1  christos 		     section.  */
   2967  1.1  christos 		  sym_sec = NULL;
   2968  1.1  christos 		  sym_value = 0;
   2969  1.1  christos 		  destination = 0;
   2970  1.1  christos 		  hh = NULL;
   2971  1.1  christos 		  if (r_indx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2972  1.1  christos 		    {
   2973  1.1  christos 		      /* It's a local symbol.  */
   2974  1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   2975  1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
   2976  1.1  christos 		      unsigned int shndx;
   2977  1.1  christos 
   2978  1.1  christos 		      sym = local_syms + r_indx;
   2979  1.1  christos 		      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION)
   2980  1.1  christos 			sym_value = sym->st_value;
   2981  1.1  christos 		      shndx = sym->st_shndx;
   2982  1.1  christos 		      if (shndx < elf_numsections (input_bfd))
   2983  1.1  christos 			{
   2984  1.1  christos 			  hdr = elf_elfsections (input_bfd)[shndx];
   2985  1.1  christos 			  sym_sec = hdr->bfd_section;
   2986  1.1  christos 			  destination = (sym_value + irela->r_addend
   2987  1.1  christos 					 + sym_sec->output_offset
   2988  1.1  christos 					 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
   2989  1.1  christos 			}
   2990  1.1  christos 		    }
   2991  1.1  christos 		  else
   2992  1.1  christos 		    {
   2993  1.1  christos 		      /* It's an external symbol.  */
   2994  1.1  christos 		      int e_indx;
   2995  1.1  christos 
   2996  1.1  christos 		      e_indx = r_indx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   2997  1.1  christos 		      hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[e_indx]);
   2998  1.1  christos 
   2999  1.1  christos 		      while (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   3000  1.1  christos 			     || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3001  1.1  christos 			hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (hh->eh.root.u.i.link);
   3002  1.1  christos 
   3003  1.1  christos 		      if (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3004  1.1  christos 			  || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   3005  1.1  christos 			{
   3006  1.1  christos 			  sym_sec = hh->eh.root.u.def.section;
   3007  1.1  christos 			  sym_value = hh->eh.root.u.def.value;
   3008  1.1  christos 			  if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
   3009  1.1  christos 			    destination = (sym_value + irela->r_addend
   3010  1.1  christos 					   + sym_sec->output_offset
   3011  1.1  christos 					   + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
   3012  1.1  christos 			}
   3013  1.1  christos 		      else if (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3014  1.1  christos 			{
   3015  1.1  christos 			  if (! info->shared)
   3016  1.1  christos 			    continue;
   3017  1.1  christos 			}
   3018  1.1  christos 		      else if (hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   3019  1.1  christos 			{
   3020  1.1  christos 			  if (! (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
   3021  1.1  christos 				 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (hh->eh.other)
   3022  1.1  christos 				     == STV_DEFAULT)
   3023  1.1  christos 				 && hh->eh.type != STT_PARISC_MILLI))
   3024  1.1  christos 			    continue;
   3025  1.1  christos 			}
   3026  1.1  christos 		      else
   3027  1.1  christos 			{
   3028  1.1  christos 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3029  1.1  christos 			  goto error_ret_free_internal;
   3030  1.1  christos 			}
   3031  1.1  christos 		    }
   3032  1.1  christos 
   3033  1.1  christos 		  /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed.  */
   3034  1.1  christos 		  stub_type = hppa_type_of_stub (section, irela, hh,
   3035  1.1  christos 						 destination, info);
   3036  1.1  christos 		  if (stub_type == hppa_stub_none)
   3037  1.1  christos 		    continue;
   3038  1.1  christos 
   3039  1.1  christos 		  /* Support for grouping stub sections.  */
   3040  1.1  christos 		  id_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].link_sec;
   3041  1.1  christos 
   3042  1.1  christos 		  /* Get the name of this stub.  */
   3043  1.1  christos 		  stub_name = hppa_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, hh, irela);
   3044  1.1  christos 		  if (!stub_name)
   3045  1.1  christos 		    goto error_ret_free_internal;
   3046  1.1  christos 
   3047  1.1  christos 		  hsh = hppa_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->bstab,
   3048  1.1  christos 						      stub_name,
   3049  1.1  christos 						      FALSE, FALSE);
   3050  1.1  christos 		  if (hsh != NULL)
   3051  1.1  christos 		    {
   3052  1.1  christos 		      /* The proper stub has already been created.  */
   3053  1.1  christos 		      free (stub_name);
   3054  1.1  christos 		      continue;
   3055  1.1  christos 		    }
   3056  1.1  christos 
   3057  1.1  christos 		  hsh = hppa_add_stub (stub_name, section, htab);
   3058  1.1  christos 		  if (hsh == NULL)
   3059  1.1  christos 		    {
   3060  1.1  christos 		      free (stub_name);
   3061  1.1  christos 		      goto error_ret_free_internal;
   3062  1.1  christos 		    }
   3063  1.1  christos 
   3064  1.1  christos 		  hsh->target_value = sym_value;
   3065  1.1  christos 		  hsh->target_section = sym_sec;
   3066  1.1  christos 		  hsh->stub_type = stub_type;
   3067  1.1  christos 		  if (info->shared)
   3068  1.1  christos 		    {
   3069  1.1  christos 		      if (stub_type == hppa_stub_import)
   3070  1.1  christos 			hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_import_shared;
   3071  1.1  christos 		      else if (stub_type == hppa_stub_long_branch)
   3072  1.1  christos 			hsh->stub_type = hppa_stub_long_branch_shared;
   3073  1.1  christos 		    }
   3074  1.1  christos 		  hsh->hh = hh;
   3075  1.1  christos 		  stub_changed = TRUE;
   3076  1.1  christos 		}
   3077  1.1  christos 
   3078  1.1  christos 	      /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them.  */
   3079  1.1  christos 	      if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs == NULL)
   3080  1.1  christos 		free (internal_relocs);
   3081  1.1  christos 	    }
   3082  1.1  christos 	}
   3083  1.1  christos 
   3084  1.1  christos       if (!stub_changed)
   3085  1.1  christos 	break;
   3086  1.1  christos 
   3087  1.1  christos       /* OK, we've added some stubs.  Find out the new size of the
   3088  1.1  christos 	 stub sections.  */
   3089  1.1  christos       for (stub_sec = htab->stub_bfd->sections;
   3090  1.1  christos 	   stub_sec != NULL;
   3091  1.1  christos 	   stub_sec = stub_sec->next)
   3092  1.1  christos 	stub_sec->size = 0;
   3093  1.1  christos 
   3094  1.1  christos       bfd_hash_traverse (&htab->bstab, hppa_size_one_stub, htab);
   3095  1.1  christos 
   3096  1.1  christos       /* Ask the linker to do its stuff.  */
   3097  1.1  christos       (*htab->layout_sections_again) ();
   3098  1.1  christos       stub_changed = FALSE;
   3099  1.1  christos     }
   3100  1.1  christos 
   3101  1.1  christos   free (htab->all_local_syms);
   3102  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3103  1.1  christos 
   3104  1.1  christos  error_ret_free_local:
   3105  1.1  christos   free (htab->all_local_syms);
   3106  1.1  christos   return FALSE;
   3107  1.1  christos }
   3108  1.1  christos 
   3109  1.1  christos /* For a final link, this function is called after we have sized the
   3110  1.1  christos    stubs to provide a value for __gp.  */
   3111  1.1  christos 
   3112  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   3113  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_set_gp (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3114  1.1  christos {
   3115  1.1  christos   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
   3116  1.1  christos   asection *sec = NULL;
   3117  1.1  christos   bfd_vma gp_val = 0;
   3118  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   3119  1.1  christos 
   3120  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   3121  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   3122  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   3123  1.1  christos 
   3124  1.1  christos   h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab->etab.root, "$global$", FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
   3125  1.1  christos 
   3126  1.1  christos   if (h != NULL
   3127  1.1  christos       && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3128  1.1  christos 	  || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
   3129  1.1  christos     {
   3130  1.1  christos       gp_val = h->u.def.value;
   3131  1.1  christos       sec = h->u.def.section;
   3132  1.1  christos     }
   3133  1.1  christos   else
   3134  1.1  christos     {
   3135  1.1  christos       asection *splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
   3136  1.1  christos       asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
   3137  1.1  christos 
   3138  1.1  christos       /* Choose to point our LTP at, in this order, one of .plt, .got,
   3139  1.1  christos 	 or .data, if these sections exist.  In the case of choosing
   3140  1.1  christos 	 .plt try to make the LTP ideal for addressing anywhere in the
   3141  1.1  christos 	 .plt or .got with a 14 bit signed offset.  Typically, the end
   3142  1.1  christos 	 of the .plt is the start of the .got, so choose .plt + 0x2000
   3143  1.1  christos 	 if either the .plt or .got is larger than 0x2000.  If both
   3144  1.1  christos 	 the .plt and .got are smaller than 0x2000, choose the end of
   3145  1.1  christos 	 the .plt section.  */
   3146  1.1  christos       sec = strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-netbsd") == 0
   3147  1.1  christos 	  ? NULL : splt;
   3148  1.1  christos       if (sec != NULL)
   3149  1.1  christos 	{
   3150  1.1  christos 	  gp_val = sec->size;
   3151  1.1  christos 	  if (gp_val > 0x2000 || (sgot && sgot->size > 0x2000))
   3152  1.1  christos 	    {
   3153  1.1  christos 	      gp_val = 0x2000;
   3154  1.1  christos 	    }
   3155  1.1  christos 	}
   3156  1.1  christos       else
   3157  1.1  christos 	{
   3158  1.1  christos 	  sec = sgot;
   3159  1.1  christos 	  if (sec != NULL)
   3160  1.1  christos 	    {
   3161  1.1  christos 	      if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (abfd), "elf32-hppa-netbsd") != 0)
   3162  1.1  christos 		{
   3163  1.1  christos 	          /* We know we don't have a .plt.  If .got is large,
   3164  1.1  christos 		     offset our LTP.  */
   3165  1.1  christos 	          if (sec->size > 0x2000)
   3166  1.1  christos 		    gp_val = 0x2000;
   3167  1.1  christos 		}
   3168  1.1  christos 	    }
   3169  1.1  christos 	  else
   3170  1.1  christos 	    {
   3171  1.1  christos 	      /* No .plt or .got.  Who cares what the LTP is?  */
   3172  1.1  christos 	      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
   3173  1.1  christos 	    }
   3174  1.1  christos 	}
   3175  1.1  christos 
   3176  1.1  christos       if (h != NULL)
   3177  1.1  christos 	{
   3178  1.1  christos 	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
   3179  1.1  christos 	  h->u.def.value = gp_val;
   3180  1.1  christos 	  if (sec != NULL)
   3181  1.1  christos 	    h->u.def.section = sec;
   3182  1.1  christos 	  else
   3183  1.1  christos 	    h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
   3184  1.1  christos 	}
   3185  1.1  christos     }
   3186  1.1  christos 
   3187  1.1  christos   if (sec != NULL && sec->output_section != NULL)
   3188  1.1  christos     gp_val += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
   3189  1.1  christos 
   3190  1.1  christos   elf_gp (abfd) = gp_val;
   3191  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3192  1.1  christos }
   3193  1.1  christos 
   3194  1.1  christos /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.  The
   3195  1.1  christos    stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker hash
   3196  1.1  christos    table.  We also set up the .plt entries for statically linked PIC
   3197  1.1  christos    functions here.  This function is called via hppaelf_finish in the
   3198  1.1  christos    linker.  */
   3199  1.1  christos 
   3200  1.1  christos bfd_boolean
   3201  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3202  1.1  christos {
   3203  1.1  christos   asection *stub_sec;
   3204  1.1  christos   struct bfd_hash_table *table;
   3205  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   3206  1.1  christos 
   3207  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   3208  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   3209  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   3210  1.1  christos 
   3211  1.1  christos   for (stub_sec = htab->stub_bfd->sections;
   3212  1.1  christos        stub_sec != NULL;
   3213  1.1  christos        stub_sec = stub_sec->next)
   3214  1.1  christos     {
   3215  1.1  christos       bfd_size_type size;
   3216  1.1  christos 
   3217  1.1  christos       /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs.  */
   3218  1.1  christos       size = stub_sec->size;
   3219  1.1  christos       stub_sec->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->stub_bfd, size);
   3220  1.1  christos       if (stub_sec->contents == NULL && size != 0)
   3221  1.1  christos 	return FALSE;
   3222  1.1  christos       stub_sec->size = 0;
   3223  1.1  christos     }
   3224  1.1  christos 
   3225  1.1  christos   /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table.  */
   3226  1.1  christos   table = &htab->bstab;
   3227  1.1  christos   bfd_hash_traverse (table, hppa_build_one_stub, info);
   3228  1.1  christos 
   3229  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   3230  1.1  christos }
   3231  1.1  christos 
   3232  1.1  christos /* Return the base vma address which should be subtracted from the real
   3233  1.1  christos    address when resolving a dtpoff relocation.
   3234  1.1  christos    This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
   3235  1.1  christos 
   3236  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   3237  1.1  christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3238  1.1  christos {
   3239  1.1  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3240  1.1  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3241  1.1  christos     return 0;
   3242  1.1  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   3243  1.1  christos }
   3244  1.1  christos 
   3245  1.1  christos /* Return the relocation value for R_PARISC_TLS_TPOFF*..  */
   3246  1.1  christos 
   3247  1.1  christos static bfd_vma
   3248  1.1  christos tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
   3249  1.1  christos {
   3250  1.1  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   3251  1.1  christos 
   3252  1.1  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3253  1.1  christos   if (htab->tls_sec == NULL)
   3254  1.1  christos     return 0;
   3255  1.1  christos   /* hppa TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after
   3256  1.1  christos      tcbhead structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
   3257  1.1  christos   return (address - htab->tls_sec->vma
   3258  1.1  christos 	  + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8, htab->tls_sec->alignment_power));
   3259  1.1  christos }
   3260  1.1  christos 
   3261  1.1  christos /* Perform a final link.  */
   3262  1.1  christos 
   3263  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   3264  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3265  1.1  christos {
   3266  1.1  christos   /* Invoke the regular ELF linker to do all the work.  */
   3267  1.1  christos   if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
   3268  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   3269  1.1  christos 
   3270  1.1  christos   /* If we're producing a final executable, sort the contents of the
   3271  1.1  christos      unwind section.  */
   3272  1.1  christos   if (info->relocatable)
   3273  1.1  christos     return TRUE;
   3274  1.1  christos 
   3275  1.1  christos   return elf_hppa_sort_unwind (abfd);
   3276  1.1  christos }
   3277  1.1  christos 
   3278  1.1  christos /* Record the lowest address for the data and text segments.  */
   3279  1.1  christos 
   3280  1.1  christos static void
   3281  1.1  christos hppa_record_segment_addr (bfd *abfd, asection *section, void *data)
   3282  1.1  christos {
   3283  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   3284  1.1  christos 
   3285  1.1  christos   htab = (struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table*) data;
   3286  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   3287  1.1  christos     return;
   3288  1.1  christos 
   3289  1.1  christos   if ((section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
   3290  1.1  christos     {
   3291  1.1  christos       bfd_vma value;
   3292  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
   3293  1.1  christos 
   3294  1.1  christos       p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (abfd, section->output_section);
   3295  1.1  christos       BFD_ASSERT (p != NULL);
   3296  1.1  christos       value = p->p_vaddr;
   3297  1.1  christos 
   3298  1.1  christos       if ((section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3299  1.1  christos 	{
   3300  1.1  christos 	  if (value < htab->text_segment_base)
   3301  1.1  christos 	    htab->text_segment_base = value;
   3302  1.1  christos 	}
   3303  1.1  christos       else
   3304  1.1  christos 	{
   3305  1.1  christos 	  if (value < htab->data_segment_base)
   3306  1.1  christos 	    htab->data_segment_base = value;
   3307  1.1  christos 	}
   3308  1.1  christos     }
   3309  1.1  christos }
   3310  1.1  christos 
   3311  1.1  christos /* Perform a relocation as part of a final link.  */
   3312  1.1  christos 
   3313  1.1  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   3314  1.1  christos final_link_relocate (asection *input_section,
   3315  1.1  christos 		     bfd_byte *contents,
   3316  1.1  christos 		     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela,
   3317  1.1  christos 		     bfd_vma value,
   3318  1.1  christos 		     struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab,
   3319  1.1  christos 		     asection *sym_sec,
   3320  1.1  christos 		     struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh,
   3321  1.1  christos 		     struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3322  1.1  christos {
   3323  1.1  christos   int insn;
   3324  1.1  christos   unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
   3325  1.1  christos   unsigned int orig_r_type = r_type;
   3326  1.1  christos   reloc_howto_type *howto = elf_hppa_howto_table + r_type;
   3327  1.1  christos   int r_format = howto->bitsize;
   3328  1.1  christos   enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
   3329  1.1  christos   bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
   3330  1.1  christos   bfd_vma offset = rela->r_offset;
   3331  1.1  christos   bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0;
   3332  1.1  christos   bfd_byte *hit_data = contents + offset;
   3333  1.1  christos   bfd_signed_vma addend = rela->r_addend;
   3334  1.1  christos   bfd_vma location;
   3335  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_stub_hash_entry *hsh = NULL;
   3336  1.1  christos   int val;
   3337  1.1  christos 
   3338  1.1  christos   if (r_type == R_PARISC_NONE)
   3339  1.1  christos     return bfd_reloc_ok;
   3340  1.1  christos 
   3341  1.1  christos   insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data);
   3342  1.1  christos 
   3343  1.1  christos   /* Find out where we are and where we're going.  */
   3344  1.1  christos   location = (offset +
   3345  1.1  christos 	      input_section->output_offset +
   3346  1.1  christos 	      input_section->output_section->vma);
   3347  1.1  christos 
   3348  1.1  christos   /* If we are not building a shared library, convert DLTIND relocs to
   3349  1.1  christos      DPREL relocs.  */
   3350  1.1  christos   if (!info->shared)
   3351  1.1  christos     {
   3352  1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   3353  1.1  christos 	{
   3354  1.1  christos 	  case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
   3355  1.1  christos 	    r_type = R_PARISC_DPREL21L;
   3356  1.1  christos 	    break;
   3357  1.1  christos 
   3358  1.1  christos 	  case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
   3359  1.1  christos 	    r_type = R_PARISC_DPREL14R;
   3360  1.1  christos 	    break;
   3361  1.1  christos 
   3362  1.1  christos 	  case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
   3363  1.1  christos 	    r_type = R_PARISC_DPREL14F;
   3364  1.1  christos 	    break;
   3365  1.1  christos 	}
   3366  1.1  christos     }
   3367  1.1  christos 
   3368  1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
   3369  1.1  christos     {
   3370  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
   3371  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
   3372  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
   3373  1.1  christos       /* If this call should go via the plt, find the import stub in
   3374  1.1  christos 	 the stub hash.  */
   3375  1.1  christos       if (sym_sec == NULL
   3376  1.1  christos 	  || sym_sec->output_section == NULL
   3377  1.1  christos 	  || (hh != NULL
   3378  1.1  christos 	      && hh->eh.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   3379  1.1  christos 	      && hh->eh.dynindx != -1
   3380  1.1  christos 	      && !hh->plabel
   3381  1.1  christos 	      && (info->shared
   3382  1.1  christos 		  || !hh->eh.def_regular
   3383  1.1  christos 		  || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)))
   3384  1.1  christos 	{
   3385  1.1  christos 	  hsh = hppa_get_stub_entry (input_section, sym_sec,
   3386  1.1  christos 					    hh, rela, htab);
   3387  1.1  christos 	  if (hsh != NULL)
   3388  1.1  christos 	    {
   3389  1.1  christos 	      value = (hsh->stub_offset
   3390  1.1  christos 		       + hsh->stub_sec->output_offset
   3391  1.1  christos 		       + hsh->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
   3392  1.1  christos 	      addend = 0;
   3393  1.1  christos 	    }
   3394  1.1  christos 	  else if (sym_sec == NULL && hh != NULL
   3395  1.1  christos 		   && hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3396  1.1  christos 	    {
   3397  1.1  christos 	      /* It's OK if undefined weak.  Calls to undefined weak
   3398  1.1  christos 		 symbols behave as if the "called" function
   3399  1.1  christos 		 immediately returns.  We can thus call to a weak
   3400  1.1  christos 		 function without first checking whether the function
   3401  1.1  christos 		 is defined.  */
   3402  1.1  christos 	      value = location;
   3403  1.1  christos 	      addend = 8;
   3404  1.1  christos 	    }
   3405  1.1  christos 	  else
   3406  1.1  christos 	    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
   3407  1.1  christos 	}
   3408  1.1  christos       /* Fall thru.  */
   3409  1.1  christos 
   3410  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
   3411  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
   3412  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
   3413  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL14R:
   3414  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL14F:
   3415  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL32:
   3416  1.1  christos       /* Make it a pc relative offset.  */
   3417  1.1  christos       value -= location;
   3418  1.1  christos       addend -= 8;
   3419  1.1  christos       break;
   3420  1.1  christos 
   3421  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
   3422  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
   3423  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL14F:
   3424  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   3425  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   3426  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   3427  1.1  christos       /* Convert instructions that use the linkage table pointer (r19) to
   3428  1.1  christos 	 instructions that use the global data pointer (dp).  This is the
   3429  1.1  christos 	 most efficient way of using PIC code in an incomplete executable,
   3430  1.1  christos 	 but the user must follow the standard runtime conventions for
   3431  1.1  christos 	 accessing data for this to work.  */
   3432  1.1  christos       if (orig_r_type == R_PARISC_DLTIND21L
   3433  1.1  christos 	  || (!info->shared
   3434  1.1  christos 	      && (r_type == R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L
   3435  1.1  christos 		  || r_type == R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L
   3436  1.1  christos 		  || r_type == R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L)))
   3437  1.1  christos 	{
   3438  1.1  christos 	  /* Convert addil instructions if the original reloc was a
   3439  1.1  christos 	     DLTIND21L.  GCC sometimes uses a register other than r19 for
   3440  1.1  christos 	     the operation, so we must convert any addil instruction
   3441  1.1  christos 	     that uses this relocation.  */
   3442  1.1  christos 	  if ((insn & 0xfc000000) == ((int) OP_ADDIL << 26))
   3443  1.1  christos 	    insn = ADDIL_DP;
   3444  1.1  christos 	  else
   3445  1.1  christos 	    /* We must have a ldil instruction.  It's too hard to find
   3446  1.1  christos 	       and convert the associated add instruction, so issue an
   3447  1.1  christos 	       error.  */
   3448  1.1  christos 	    (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3449  1.1  christos 	      (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s fixup for insn 0x%x is not supported in a non-shared link"),
   3450  1.1  christos 	       input_bfd,
   3451  1.1  christos 	       input_section,
   3452  1.1  christos 	       (long) offset,
   3453  1.1  christos 	       howto->name,
   3454  1.1  christos 	       insn);
   3455  1.1  christos 	}
   3456  1.1  christos       else if (orig_r_type == R_PARISC_DLTIND14F)
   3457  1.1  christos 	{
   3458  1.1  christos 	  /* This must be a format 1 load/store.  Change the base
   3459  1.1  christos 	     register to dp.  */
   3460  1.1  christos 	  insn = (insn & 0xfc1ffff) | (27 << 21);
   3461  1.1  christos 	}
   3462  1.1  christos 
   3463  1.1  christos     /* For all the DP relative relocations, we need to examine the symbol's
   3464  1.1  christos        section.  If it has no section or if it's a code section, then
   3465  1.1  christos        "data pointer relative" makes no sense.  In that case we don't
   3466  1.1  christos        adjust the "value", and for 21 bit addil instructions, we change the
   3467  1.1  christos        source addend register from %dp to %r0.  This situation commonly
   3468  1.1  christos        arises for undefined weak symbols and when a variable's "constness"
   3469  1.1  christos        is declared differently from the way the variable is defined.  For
   3470  1.1  christos        instance: "extern int foo" with foo defined as "const int foo".  */
   3471  1.1  christos       if (sym_sec == NULL || (sym_sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
   3472  1.1  christos 	{
   3473  1.1  christos 	  if ((insn & ((0x3f << 26) | (0x1f << 21)))
   3474  1.1  christos 	      == (((int) OP_ADDIL << 26) | (27 << 21)))
   3475  1.1  christos 	    {
   3476  1.1  christos 	      insn &= ~ (0x1f << 21);
   3477  1.1  christos 	    }
   3478  1.1  christos 	  /* Now try to make things easy for the dynamic linker.  */
   3479  1.1  christos 
   3480  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3481  1.1  christos 	}
   3482  1.1  christos       /* Fall thru.  */
   3483  1.1  christos 
   3484  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
   3485  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
   3486  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
   3487  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   3488  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   3489  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   3490  1.1  christos       value -= elf_gp (input_section->output_section->owner);
   3491  1.1  christos       break;
   3492  1.1  christos 
   3493  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_SEGREL32:
   3494  1.1  christos       if ((sym_sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
   3495  1.1  christos 	value -= htab->text_segment_base;
   3496  1.1  christos       else
   3497  1.1  christos 	value -= htab->data_segment_base;
   3498  1.1  christos       break;
   3499  1.1  christos 
   3500  1.1  christos     default:
   3501  1.1  christos       break;
   3502  1.1  christos     }
   3503  1.1  christos 
   3504  1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
   3505  1.1  christos     {
   3506  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR32:
   3507  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR14F:
   3508  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
   3509  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
   3510  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL14F:
   3511  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL32:
   3512  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL14F:
   3513  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
   3514  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
   3515  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_SEGBASE:
   3516  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_SEGREL32:
   3517  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32:
   3518  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
   3519  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_TPREL32:
   3520  1.1  christos       r_field = e_fsel;
   3521  1.1  christos       break;
   3522  1.1  christos 
   3523  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
   3524  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
   3525  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
   3526  1.1  christos       r_field = e_lsel;
   3527  1.1  christos       break;
   3528  1.1  christos 
   3529  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
   3530  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
   3531  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   3532  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   3533  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L:
   3534  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   3535  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
   3536  1.1  christos       r_field = e_lrsel;
   3537  1.1  christos       break;
   3538  1.1  christos 
   3539  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
   3540  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL14R:
   3541  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
   3542  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
   3543  1.1  christos       r_field = e_rsel;
   3544  1.1  christos       break;
   3545  1.1  christos 
   3546  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
   3547  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
   3548  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
   3549  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   3550  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   3551  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO14R:
   3552  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   3553  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
   3554  1.1  christos       r_field = e_rrsel;
   3555  1.1  christos       break;
   3556  1.1  christos 
   3557  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
   3558  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
   3559  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
   3560  1.1  christos       r_field = e_fsel;
   3561  1.1  christos 
   3562  1.1  christos       if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL17F)
   3563  1.1  christos 	{
   3564  1.1  christos 	  max_branch_offset = (1 << (17-1)) << 2;
   3565  1.1  christos 	}
   3566  1.1  christos       else if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_PCREL12F)
   3567  1.1  christos 	{
   3568  1.1  christos 	  max_branch_offset = (1 << (12-1)) << 2;
   3569  1.1  christos 	}
   3570  1.1  christos       else
   3571  1.1  christos 	{
   3572  1.1  christos 	  max_branch_offset = (1 << (22-1)) << 2;
   3573  1.1  christos 	}
   3574  1.1  christos 
   3575  1.1  christos       /* sym_sec is NULL on undefined weak syms or when shared on
   3576  1.1  christos 	 undefined syms.  We've already checked for a stub for the
   3577  1.1  christos 	 shared undefined case.  */
   3578  1.1  christos       if (sym_sec == NULL)
   3579  1.1  christos 	break;
   3580  1.1  christos 
   3581  1.1  christos       /* If the branch is out of reach, then redirect the
   3582  1.1  christos 	 call to the local stub for this function.  */
   3583  1.1  christos       if (value + addend + max_branch_offset >= 2*max_branch_offset)
   3584  1.1  christos 	{
   3585  1.1  christos 	  hsh = hppa_get_stub_entry (input_section, sym_sec,
   3586  1.1  christos 					    hh, rela, htab);
   3587  1.1  christos 	  if (hsh == NULL)
   3588  1.1  christos 	    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
   3589  1.1  christos 
   3590  1.1  christos 	  /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
   3591  1.1  christos 	     rather than the procedure directly.  */
   3592  1.1  christos 	  value = (hsh->stub_offset
   3593  1.1  christos 		   + hsh->stub_sec->output_offset
   3594  1.1  christos 		   + hsh->stub_sec->output_section->vma
   3595  1.1  christos 		   - location);
   3596  1.1  christos 	  addend = -8;
   3597  1.1  christos 	}
   3598  1.1  christos       break;
   3599  1.1  christos 
   3600  1.1  christos     /* Something we don't know how to handle.  */
   3601  1.1  christos     default:
   3602  1.1  christos       return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
   3603  1.1  christos     }
   3604  1.1  christos 
   3605  1.1  christos   /* Make sure we can reach the stub.  */
   3606  1.1  christos   if (max_branch_offset != 0
   3607  1.1  christos       && value + addend + max_branch_offset >= 2*max_branch_offset)
   3608  1.1  christos     {
   3609  1.1  christos       (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3610  1.1  christos 	(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot reach %s, recompile with -ffunction-sections"),
   3611  1.1  christos 	 input_bfd,
   3612  1.1  christos 	 input_section,
   3613  1.1  christos 	 (long) offset,
   3614  1.1  christos 	 hsh->bh_root.string);
   3615  1.1  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3616  1.1  christos       return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
   3617  1.1  christos     }
   3618  1.1  christos 
   3619  1.1  christos   val = hppa_field_adjust (value, addend, r_field);
   3620  1.1  christos 
   3621  1.1  christos   switch (r_type)
   3622  1.1  christos     {
   3623  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL12F:
   3624  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
   3625  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
   3626  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
   3627  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_PCREL22F:
   3628  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
   3629  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
   3630  1.1  christos       /* This is a branch.  Divide the offset by four.
   3631  1.1  christos 	 Note that we need to decide whether it's a branch or
   3632  1.1  christos 	 otherwise by inspecting the reloc.  Inspecting insn won't
   3633  1.1  christos 	 work as insn might be from a .word directive.  */
   3634  1.1  christos       val >>= 2;
   3635  1.1  christos       break;
   3636  1.1  christos 
   3637  1.1  christos     default:
   3638  1.1  christos       break;
   3639  1.1  christos     }
   3640  1.1  christos 
   3641  1.1  christos   insn = hppa_rebuild_insn (insn, val, r_format);
   3642  1.1  christos 
   3643  1.1  christos   /* Update the instruction word.  */
   3644  1.1  christos   bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
   3645  1.1  christos   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   3646  1.1  christos }
   3647  1.1  christos 
   3648  1.1  christos /* Relocate an HPPA ELF section.  */
   3649  1.1  christos 
   3650  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   3651  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
   3652  1.1  christos 			     struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3653  1.1  christos 			     bfd *input_bfd,
   3654  1.1  christos 			     asection *input_section,
   3655  1.1  christos 			     bfd_byte *contents,
   3656  1.1  christos 			     Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3657  1.1  christos 			     Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3658  1.1  christos 			     asection **local_sections)
   3659  1.1  christos {
   3660  1.1  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
   3661  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   3662  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3663  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rela;
   3664  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   3665  1.1  christos 
   3666  1.1  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   3667  1.1  christos 
   3668  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   3669  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   3670  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   3671  1.1  christos 
   3672  1.1  christos   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   3673  1.1  christos 
   3674  1.1  christos   rela = relocs;
   3675  1.1  christos   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3676  1.1  christos   for (; rela < relend; rela++)
   3677  1.1  christos     {
   3678  1.1  christos       unsigned int r_type;
   3679  1.1  christos       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3680  1.1  christos       unsigned int r_symndx;
   3681  1.1  christos       struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_entry *hh;
   3682  1.1  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3683  1.1  christos       asection *sym_sec;
   3684  1.1  christos       bfd_vma relocation;
   3685  1.1  christos       bfd_reloc_status_type rstatus;
   3686  1.1  christos       const char *sym_name;
   3687  1.1  christos       bfd_boolean plabel;
   3688  1.1  christos       bfd_boolean warned_undef;
   3689  1.1  christos 
   3690  1.1  christos       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
   3691  1.1  christos       if (r_type >= (unsigned int) R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED)
   3692  1.1  christos 	{
   3693  1.1  christos 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3694  1.1  christos 	  return FALSE;
   3695  1.1  christos 	}
   3696  1.1  christos       if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
   3697  1.1  christos 	  || r_type == (unsigned int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
   3698  1.1  christos 	continue;
   3699  1.1  christos 
   3700  1.1  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info);
   3701  1.1  christos       hh = NULL;
   3702  1.1  christos       sym = NULL;
   3703  1.1  christos       sym_sec = NULL;
   3704  1.1  christos       warned_undef = FALSE;
   3705  1.1  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3706  1.1  christos 	{
   3707  1.1  christos 	  /* This is a local symbol, h defaults to NULL.  */
   3708  1.1  christos 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3709  1.1  christos 	  sym_sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3710  1.1  christos 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sym_sec, rela);
   3711  1.1  christos 	}
   3712  1.1  christos       else
   3713  1.1  christos 	{
   3714  1.1  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
   3715  1.1  christos 	  bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   3716  1.1  christos 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3717  1.1  christos 
   3718  1.1  christos 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rela,
   3719  1.1  christos 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3720  1.1  christos 				   eh, sym_sec, relocation,
   3721  1.1  christos 				   unresolved_reloc, warned_undef);
   3722  1.1  christos 
   3723  1.1  christos 	  if (!info->relocatable
   3724  1.1  christos 	      && relocation == 0
   3725  1.1  christos 	      && eh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
   3726  1.1  christos 	      && eh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak
   3727  1.1  christos 	      && eh->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3728  1.1  christos 	    {
   3729  1.1  christos 	      if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
   3730  1.1  christos 		  && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3731  1.1  christos 		  && eh->type == STT_PARISC_MILLI)
   3732  1.1  christos 		{
   3733  1.1  christos 		  if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
   3734  1.1  christos 		      (info, eh_name (eh), input_bfd,
   3735  1.1  christos 		       input_section, rela->r_offset, FALSE))
   3736  1.1  christos 		    return FALSE;
   3737  1.1  christos 		  warned_undef = TRUE;
   3738  1.1  christos 		}
   3739  1.1  christos 	    }
   3740  1.1  christos 	  hh = hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh);
   3741  1.1  christos 	}
   3742  1.1  christos 
   3743  1.1  christos       if (sym_sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sym_sec))
   3744  1.1  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3745  1.1  christos 					 rela, relend,
   3746  1.1  christos 					 elf_hppa_howto_table + r_type,
   3747  1.1  christos 					 contents);
   3748  1.1  christos 
   3749  1.1  christos       if (info->relocatable)
   3750  1.1  christos 	continue;
   3751  1.1  christos 
   3752  1.1  christos       /* Do any required modifications to the relocation value, and
   3753  1.1  christos 	 determine what types of dynamic info we need to output, if
   3754  1.1  christos 	 any.  */
   3755  1.1  christos       plabel = 0;
   3756  1.1  christos       switch (r_type)
   3757  1.1  christos 	{
   3758  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND14F:
   3759  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
   3760  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
   3761  1.1  christos 	  {
   3762  1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma off;
   3763  1.1  christos 	    bfd_boolean do_got = 0;
   3764  1.1  christos 
   3765  1.1  christos 	    /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3766  1.1  christos 	       global offset table.  */
   3767  1.1  christos 	    if (hh != NULL)
   3768  1.1  christos 	      {
   3769  1.1  christos 		bfd_boolean dyn;
   3770  1.1  christos 
   3771  1.1  christos 		off = hh->eh.got.offset;
   3772  1.1  christos 		dyn = htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created;
   3773  1.1  christos 		if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared,
   3774  1.1  christos 						       &hh->eh))
   3775  1.1  christos 		  {
   3776  1.1  christos 		    /* If we aren't going to call finish_dynamic_symbol,
   3777  1.1  christos 		       then we need to handle initialisation of the .got
   3778  1.1  christos 		       entry and create needed relocs here.  Since the
   3779  1.1  christos 		       offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
   3780  1.1  christos 		       least significant bit to record whether we have
   3781  1.1  christos 		       initialised it already.  */
   3782  1.1  christos 		    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3783  1.1  christos 		      off &= ~1;
   3784  1.1  christos 		    else
   3785  1.1  christos 		      {
   3786  1.1  christos 			hh->eh.got.offset |= 1;
   3787  1.1  christos 			do_got = 1;
   3788  1.1  christos 		      }
   3789  1.1  christos 		  }
   3790  1.1  christos 	      }
   3791  1.1  christos 	    else
   3792  1.1  christos 	      {
   3793  1.1  christos 		/* Local symbol case.  */
   3794  1.1  christos 		if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
   3795  1.1  christos 		  abort ();
   3796  1.1  christos 
   3797  1.1  christos 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   3798  1.1  christos 
   3799  1.1  christos 		/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   3800  1.1  christos 		   the least significant bit to record whether we have
   3801  1.1  christos 		   already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   3802  1.1  christos 		if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3803  1.1  christos 		  off &= ~1;
   3804  1.1  christos 		else
   3805  1.1  christos 		  {
   3806  1.1  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3807  1.1  christos 		    do_got = 1;
   3808  1.1  christos 		  }
   3809  1.1  christos 	      }
   3810  1.1  christos 
   3811  1.1  christos 	    if (do_got)
   3812  1.1  christos 	      {
   3813  1.1  christos 		if (info->shared)
   3814  1.1  christos 		  {
   3815  1.1  christos 		    /* Output a dynamic relocation for this GOT entry.
   3816  1.1  christos 		       In this case it is relative to the base of the
   3817  1.1  christos 		       object because the symbol index is zero.  */
   3818  1.1  christos 		    Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3819  1.1  christos 		    bfd_byte *loc;
   3820  1.1  christos 		    asection *sec = htab->srelgot;
   3821  1.1  christos 
   3822  1.1  christos 		    outrel.r_offset = (off
   3823  1.1  christos 				       + htab->sgot->output_offset
   3824  1.1  christos 				       + htab->sgot->output_section->vma);
   3825  1.1  christos 		    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_DIR32);
   3826  1.1  christos 		    outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3827  1.1  christos 		    loc = sec->contents;
   3828  1.1  christos 		    loc += sec->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3829  1.1  christos 		    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3830  1.1  christos 		  }
   3831  1.1  christos 		else
   3832  1.1  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   3833  1.1  christos 			      htab->sgot->contents + off);
   3834  1.1  christos 	      }
   3835  1.1  christos 
   3836  1.1  christos 	    if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
   3837  1.1  christos 	      abort ();
   3838  1.1  christos 
   3839  1.1  christos 	    /* Add the base of the GOT to the relocation value.  */
   3840  1.1  christos 	    relocation = (off
   3841  1.1  christos 			  + htab->sgot->output_offset
   3842  1.1  christos 			  + htab->sgot->output_section->vma);
   3843  1.1  christos 	  }
   3844  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3845  1.1  christos 
   3846  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_SEGREL32:
   3847  1.1  christos 	  /* If this is the first SEGREL relocation, then initialize
   3848  1.1  christos 	     the segment base values.  */
   3849  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->text_segment_base == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3850  1.1  christos 	    bfd_map_over_sections (output_bfd, hppa_record_segment_addr, htab);
   3851  1.1  christos 	  break;
   3852  1.1  christos 
   3853  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
   3854  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
   3855  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
   3856  1.1  christos 	  if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
   3857  1.1  christos 	    {
   3858  1.1  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   3859  1.1  christos 	      bfd_boolean do_plt = 0;
   3860  1.1  christos 	      /* If we have a global symbol with a PLT slot, then
   3861  1.1  christos 		 redirect this relocation to it.  */
   3862  1.1  christos 	      if (hh != NULL)
   3863  1.1  christos 		{
   3864  1.1  christos 		  off = hh->eh.plt.offset;
   3865  1.1  christos 		  if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, info->shared,
   3866  1.1  christos 							 &hh->eh))
   3867  1.1  christos 		    {
   3868  1.1  christos 		      /* In a non-shared link, adjust_dynamic_symbols
   3869  1.1  christos 			 isn't called for symbols forced local.  We
   3870  1.1  christos 			 need to write out the plt entry here.  */
   3871  1.1  christos 		      if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3872  1.1  christos 			off &= ~1;
   3873  1.1  christos 		      else
   3874  1.1  christos 			{
   3875  1.1  christos 			  hh->eh.plt.offset |= 1;
   3876  1.1  christos 			  do_plt = 1;
   3877  1.1  christos 			}
   3878  1.1  christos 		    }
   3879  1.1  christos 		}
   3880  1.1  christos 	      else
   3881  1.1  christos 		{
   3882  1.1  christos 		  bfd_vma *local_plt_offsets;
   3883  1.1  christos 
   3884  1.1  christos 		  if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
   3885  1.1  christos 		    abort ();
   3886  1.1  christos 
   3887  1.1  christos 		  local_plt_offsets = local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   3888  1.1  christos 		  off = local_plt_offsets[r_symndx];
   3889  1.1  christos 
   3890  1.1  christos 		  /* As for the local .got entry case, we use the last
   3891  1.1  christos 		     bit to record whether we've already initialised
   3892  1.1  christos 		     this local .plt entry.  */
   3893  1.1  christos 		  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3894  1.1  christos 		    off &= ~1;
   3895  1.1  christos 		  else
   3896  1.1  christos 		    {
   3897  1.1  christos 		      local_plt_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   3898  1.1  christos 		      do_plt = 1;
   3899  1.1  christos 		    }
   3900  1.1  christos 		}
   3901  1.1  christos 
   3902  1.1  christos 	      if (do_plt)
   3903  1.1  christos 		{
   3904  1.1  christos 		  if (info->shared)
   3905  1.1  christos 		    {
   3906  1.1  christos 		      /* Output a dynamic IPLT relocation for this
   3907  1.1  christos 			 PLT entry.  */
   3908  1.1  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3909  1.1  christos 		      bfd_byte *loc;
   3910  1.1  christos 		      asection *s = htab->srelplt;
   3911  1.1  christos 
   3912  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_offset = (off
   3913  1.1  christos 					 + htab->splt->output_offset
   3914  1.1  christos 					 + htab->splt->output_section->vma);
   3915  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_IPLT);
   3916  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3917  1.1  christos 		      loc = s->contents;
   3918  1.1  christos 		      loc += s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3919  1.1  christos 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3920  1.1  christos 		    }
   3921  1.1  christos 		  else
   3922  1.1  christos 		    {
   3923  1.1  christos 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   3924  1.1  christos 				  relocation,
   3925  1.1  christos 				  htab->splt->contents + off);
   3926  1.1  christos 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   3927  1.1  christos 				  elf_gp (htab->splt->output_section->owner),
   3928  1.1  christos 				  htab->splt->contents + off + 4);
   3929  1.1  christos 		    }
   3930  1.1  christos 		}
   3931  1.1  christos 
   3932  1.1  christos 	      if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
   3933  1.1  christos 		abort ();
   3934  1.1  christos 
   3935  1.1  christos 	      /* PLABELs contain function pointers.  Relocation is to
   3936  1.1  christos 		 the entry for the function in the .plt.  The magic +2
   3937  1.1  christos 		 offset signals to $$dyncall that the function pointer
   3938  1.1  christos 		 is in the .plt and thus has a gp pointer too.
   3939  1.1  christos 		 Exception:  Undefined PLABELs should have a value of
   3940  1.1  christos 		 zero.  */
   3941  1.1  christos 	      if (hh == NULL
   3942  1.1  christos 		  || (hh->eh.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3943  1.1  christos 		      && hh->eh.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined))
   3944  1.1  christos 		{
   3945  1.1  christos 		  relocation = (off
   3946  1.1  christos 				+ htab->splt->output_offset
   3947  1.1  christos 				+ htab->splt->output_section->vma
   3948  1.1  christos 				+ 2);
   3949  1.1  christos 		}
   3950  1.1  christos 	      plabel = 1;
   3951  1.1  christos 	    }
   3952  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through and possibly emit a dynamic relocation.  */
   3953  1.1  christos 
   3954  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
   3955  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
   3956  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR14F:
   3957  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
   3958  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
   3959  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL14F:
   3960  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
   3961  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
   3962  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_DIR32:
   3963  1.1  christos 	  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3964  1.1  christos 	    break;
   3965  1.1  christos 
   3966  1.1  christos 	  /* The reloc types handled here and this conditional
   3967  1.1  christos 	     expression must match the code in ..check_relocs and
   3968  1.1  christos 	     allocate_dynrelocs.  ie. We need exactly the same condition
   3969  1.1  christos 	     as in ..check_relocs, with some extra conditions (dynindx
   3970  1.1  christos 	     test in this case) to cater for relocs removed by
   3971  1.1  christos 	     allocate_dynrelocs.  If you squint, the non-shared test
   3972  1.1  christos 	     here does indeed match the one in ..check_relocs, the
   3973  1.1  christos 	     difference being that here we test DEF_DYNAMIC as well as
   3974  1.1  christos 	     !DEF_REGULAR.  All common syms end up with !DEF_REGULAR,
   3975  1.1  christos 	     which is why we can't use just that test here.
   3976  1.1  christos 	     Conversely, DEF_DYNAMIC can't be used in check_relocs as
   3977  1.1  christos 	     there all files have not been loaded.  */
   3978  1.1  christos 	  if ((info->shared
   3979  1.1  christos 	       && (hh == NULL
   3980  1.1  christos 		   || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (hh->eh.other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3981  1.1  christos 		   || hh->eh.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3982  1.1  christos 	       && (IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (r_type)
   3983  1.1  christos 		   || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &hh->eh)))
   3984  1.1  christos 	      || (!info->shared
   3985  1.1  christos 		  && hh != NULL
   3986  1.1  christos 		  && hh->eh.dynindx != -1
   3987  1.1  christos 		  && !hh->eh.non_got_ref
   3988  1.1  christos 		  && ((ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
   3989  1.1  christos 		       && hh->eh.def_dynamic
   3990  1.1  christos 		       && !hh->eh.def_regular)
   3991  1.1  christos 		      || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3992  1.1  christos 		      || hh->eh.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
   3993  1.1  christos 	    {
   3994  1.1  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3995  1.1  christos 	      bfd_boolean skip;
   3996  1.1  christos 	      asection *sreloc;
   3997  1.1  christos 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   3998  1.1  christos 
   3999  1.1  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   4000  1.1  christos 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   4001  1.1  christos 		 time.  */
   4002  1.1  christos 
   4003  1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_addend = rela->r_addend;
   4004  1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset =
   4005  1.1  christos 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4006  1.1  christos 					 rela->r_offset);
   4007  1.1  christos 	      skip = (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   4008  1.1  christos 		      || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2);
   4009  1.1  christos 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_offset
   4010  1.1  christos 				  + input_section->output_section->vma);
   4011  1.1  christos 
   4012  1.1  christos 	      if (skip)
   4013  1.1  christos 		{
   4014  1.1  christos 		  memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof (outrel));
   4015  1.1  christos 		}
   4016  1.1  christos 	      else if (hh != NULL
   4017  1.1  christos 		       && hh->eh.dynindx != -1
   4018  1.1  christos 		       && (plabel
   4019  1.1  christos 			   || !IS_ABSOLUTE_RELOC (r_type)
   4020  1.1  christos 			   || !info->shared
   4021  1.1  christos 			   || !info->symbolic
   4022  1.1  christos 			   || !hh->eh.def_regular))
   4023  1.1  christos 		{
   4024  1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (hh->eh.dynindx, r_type);
   4025  1.1  christos 		}
   4026  1.1  christos 	      else /* It's a local symbol, or one marked to become local.  */
   4027  1.1  christos 		{
   4028  1.1  christos 		  int indx = 0;
   4029  1.1  christos 
   4030  1.1  christos 		  /* Add the absolute offset of the symbol.  */
   4031  1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_addend += relocation;
   4032  1.1  christos 
   4033  1.1  christos 		  /* Global plabels need to be processed by the
   4034  1.1  christos 		     dynamic linker so that functions have at most one
   4035  1.1  christos 		     fptr.  For this reason, we need to differentiate
   4036  1.1  christos 		     between global and local plabels, which we do by
   4037  1.1  christos 		     providing the function symbol for a global plabel
   4038  1.1  christos 		     reloc, and no symbol for local plabels.  */
   4039  1.1  christos 		  if (! plabel
   4040  1.1  christos 		      && sym_sec != NULL
   4041  1.1  christos 		      && sym_sec->output_section != NULL
   4042  1.1  christos 		      && ! bfd_is_abs_section (sym_sec))
   4043  1.1  christos 		    {
   4044  1.1  christos 		      asection *osec;
   4045  1.1  christos 
   4046  1.1  christos 		      osec = sym_sec->output_section;
   4047  1.1  christos 		      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4048  1.1  christos 		      if (indx == 0)
   4049  1.1  christos 			{
   4050  1.1  christos 			  osec = htab->etab.text_index_section;
   4051  1.1  christos 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4052  1.1  christos 			}
   4053  1.1  christos 		      BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   4054  1.1  christos 
   4055  1.1  christos 		      /* We are turning this relocation into one
   4056  1.1  christos 			 against a section symbol, so subtract out the
   4057  1.1  christos 			 output section's address but not the offset
   4058  1.1  christos 			 of the input section in the output section.  */
   4059  1.1  christos 		      outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
   4060  1.1  christos 		    }
   4061  1.1  christos 
   4062  1.1  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   4063  1.1  christos 		}
   4064  1.1  christos 	      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   4065  1.1  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   4066  1.1  christos 		abort ();
   4067  1.1  christos 
   4068  1.1  christos 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   4069  1.1  christos 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4070  1.1  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4071  1.1  christos 	    }
   4072  1.1  christos 	  break;
   4073  1.1  christos 
   4074  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
   4075  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
   4076  1.1  christos 	  {
   4077  1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma off;
   4078  1.1  christos 
   4079  1.1  christos 	    off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
   4080  1.1  christos 	    if (off & 1)
   4081  1.1  christos 	      off &= ~1;
   4082  1.1  christos 	    else
   4083  1.1  christos 	      {
   4084  1.1  christos 		Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4085  1.1  christos 		bfd_byte *loc;
   4086  1.1  christos 
   4087  1.1  christos 		outrel.r_offset = (off
   4088  1.1  christos 				   + htab->sgot->output_section->vma
   4089  1.1  christos 				   + htab->sgot->output_offset);
   4090  1.1  christos 		outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4091  1.1  christos 		outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   4092  1.1  christos 		loc = htab->srelgot->contents;
   4093  1.1  christos 		loc += htab->srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4094  1.1  christos 
   4095  1.1  christos 		bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4096  1.1  christos 		htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
   4097  1.1  christos 	      }
   4098  1.1  christos 
   4099  1.1  christos 	    /* Add the base of the GOT to the relocation value.  */
   4100  1.1  christos 	    relocation = (off
   4101  1.1  christos 			  + htab->sgot->output_offset
   4102  1.1  christos 			  + htab->sgot->output_section->vma);
   4103  1.1  christos 
   4104  1.1  christos 	    break;
   4105  1.1  christos 	  }
   4106  1.1  christos 
   4107  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L:
   4108  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LDO14R:
   4109  1.1  christos 	  relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   4110  1.1  christos 	  break;
   4111  1.1  christos 
   4112  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
   4113  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
   4114  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
   4115  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
   4116  1.1  christos 	  {
   4117  1.1  christos 	    bfd_vma off;
   4118  1.1  christos 	    int indx;
   4119  1.1  christos 	    char tls_type;
   4120  1.1  christos 
   4121  1.1  christos 	    indx = 0;
   4122  1.1  christos 	    if (hh != NULL)
   4123  1.1  christos 	      {
   4124  1.1  christos 	        bfd_boolean dyn;
   4125  1.1  christos 	        dyn = htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created;
   4126  1.1  christos 
   4127  1.1  christos 		if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &hh->eh)
   4128  1.1  christos 		    && (!info->shared
   4129  1.1  christos 			|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &hh->eh)))
   4130  1.1  christos 		  {
   4131  1.1  christos 		    indx = hh->eh.dynindx;
   4132  1.1  christos 		  }
   4133  1.1  christos 		off = hh->eh.got.offset;
   4134  1.1  christos 		tls_type = hh->tls_type;
   4135  1.1  christos 	      }
   4136  1.1  christos 	    else
   4137  1.1  christos 	      {
   4138  1.1  christos 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4139  1.1  christos 		tls_type = hppa_elf_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
   4140  1.1  christos 	      }
   4141  1.1  christos 
   4142  1.1  christos 	    if (tls_type == GOT_UNKNOWN)
   4143  1.1  christos 	      abort ();
   4144  1.1  christos 
   4145  1.1  christos 	    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4146  1.1  christos 	      off &= ~1;
   4147  1.1  christos 	    else
   4148  1.1  christos 	      {
   4149  1.1  christos 		bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
   4150  1.1  christos 		Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4151  1.1  christos 		bfd_byte *loc = NULL;
   4152  1.1  christos 		int cur_off = off;
   4153  1.1  christos 
   4154  1.1  christos 	        /* The GOT entries have not been initialized yet.  Do it
   4155  1.1  christos 	           now, and emit any relocations.  If both an IE GOT and a
   4156  1.1  christos 	           GD GOT are necessary, we emit the GD first.  */
   4157  1.1  christos 
   4158  1.1  christos 		if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
   4159  1.1  christos 		    && (hh == NULL
   4160  1.1  christos 			|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (hh->eh.other) == STV_DEFAULT
   4161  1.1  christos 			|| hh->eh.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   4162  1.1  christos 		  {
   4163  1.1  christos 		    need_relocs = TRUE;
   4164  1.1  christos 		    loc = htab->srelgot->contents;
   4165  1.1  christos 		    /* FIXME (CAO): Should this be reloc_count++ ? */
   4166  1.1  christos 		    loc += htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4167  1.1  christos 		  }
   4168  1.1  christos 
   4169  1.1  christos 		if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   4170  1.1  christos 		  {
   4171  1.1  christos 		    if (need_relocs)
   4172  1.1  christos 		      {
   4173  1.1  christos 			outrel.r_offset = (cur_off
   4174  1.1  christos 					   + htab->sgot->output_section->vma
   4175  1.1  christos 					   + htab->sgot->output_offset);
   4176  1.1  christos 			outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   4177  1.1  christos 			outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4178  1.1  christos 			bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->sgot->contents + cur_off);
   4179  1.1  christos 			bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4180  1.1  christos 			htab->srelgot->reloc_count++;
   4181  1.1  christos 			loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4182  1.1  christos 
   4183  1.1  christos 			if (indx == 0)
   4184  1.1  christos 			  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   4185  1.1  christos 				      htab->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
   4186  1.1  christos 			else
   4187  1.1  christos 			  {
   4188  1.1  christos 			    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
   4189  1.1  christos 					htab->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
   4190  1.1  christos 			    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PARISC_TLS_DTPOFF32);
   4191  1.1  christos 			    outrel.r_offset += 4;
   4192  1.1  christos 			    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,loc);
   4193  1.1  christos 			    htab->srelgot->reloc_count++;
   4194  1.1  christos 			    loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4195  1.1  christos 			  }
   4196  1.1  christos 		      }
   4197  1.1  christos 		    else
   4198  1.1  christos 		      {
   4199  1.1  christos 		        /* If we are not emitting relocations for a
   4200  1.1  christos 		           general dynamic reference, then we must be in a
   4201  1.1  christos 		           static link or an executable link with the
   4202  1.1  christos 		           symbol binding locally.  Mark it as belonging
   4203  1.1  christos 		           to module 1, the executable.  */
   4204  1.1  christos 		        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1,
   4205  1.1  christos 				    htab->sgot->contents + cur_off);
   4206  1.1  christos 		        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   4207  1.1  christos 				    htab->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
   4208  1.1  christos 		      }
   4209  1.1  christos 
   4210  1.1  christos 
   4211  1.1  christos 		    cur_off += 8;
   4212  1.1  christos 		  }
   4213  1.1  christos 
   4214  1.1  christos 		if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
   4215  1.1  christos 		  {
   4216  1.1  christos 		    if (need_relocs)
   4217  1.1  christos 		      {
   4218  1.1  christos 			outrel.r_offset = (cur_off
   4219  1.1  christos 					   + htab->sgot->output_section->vma
   4220  1.1  christos 					   + htab->sgot->output_offset);
   4221  1.1  christos 			outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PARISC_TLS_TPREL32);
   4222  1.1  christos 
   4223  1.1  christos 			if (indx == 0)
   4224  1.1  christos 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   4225  1.1  christos 			else
   4226  1.1  christos 			  outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4227  1.1  christos 
   4228  1.1  christos 			bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4229  1.1  christos 			htab->srelgot->reloc_count++;
   4230  1.1  christos 			loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4231  1.1  christos 		      }
   4232  1.1  christos 		    else
   4233  1.1  christos 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
   4234  1.1  christos 				  htab->sgot->contents + cur_off);
   4235  1.1  christos 
   4236  1.1  christos 		    cur_off += 4;
   4237  1.1  christos 		  }
   4238  1.1  christos 
   4239  1.1  christos 		if (hh != NULL)
   4240  1.1  christos 		  hh->eh.got.offset |= 1;
   4241  1.1  christos 		else
   4242  1.1  christos 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4243  1.1  christos 	      }
   4244  1.1  christos 
   4245  1.1  christos 	    if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
   4246  1.1  christos 	  	&& r_type != R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L
   4247  1.1  christos 	  	&& r_type != R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R)
   4248  1.1  christos 	      off += 2 * GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4249  1.1  christos 
   4250  1.1  christos 	    /* Add the base of the GOT to the relocation value.  */
   4251  1.1  christos 	    relocation = (off
   4252  1.1  christos 			  + htab->sgot->output_offset
   4253  1.1  christos 			  + htab->sgot->output_section->vma);
   4254  1.1  christos 
   4255  1.1  christos 	    break;
   4256  1.1  christos 	  }
   4257  1.1  christos 
   4258  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
   4259  1.1  christos 	case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
   4260  1.1  christos 	  {
   4261  1.1  christos 	    relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   4262  1.1  christos 	    break;
   4263  1.1  christos 	  }
   4264  1.1  christos 	  break;
   4265  1.1  christos 
   4266  1.1  christos 	default:
   4267  1.1  christos 	  break;
   4268  1.1  christos 	}
   4269  1.1  christos 
   4270  1.1  christos       rstatus = final_link_relocate (input_section, contents, rela, relocation,
   4271  1.1  christos 			       htab, sym_sec, hh, info);
   4272  1.1  christos 
   4273  1.1  christos       if (rstatus == bfd_reloc_ok)
   4274  1.1  christos 	continue;
   4275  1.1  christos 
   4276  1.1  christos       if (hh != NULL)
   4277  1.1  christos 	sym_name = hh_name (hh);
   4278  1.1  christos       else
   4279  1.1  christos 	{
   4280  1.1  christos 	  sym_name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   4281  1.1  christos 						      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   4282  1.1  christos 						      sym->st_name);
   4283  1.1  christos 	  if (sym_name == NULL)
   4284  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   4285  1.1  christos 	  if (*sym_name == '\0')
   4286  1.1  christos 	    sym_name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sym_sec);
   4287  1.1  christos 	}
   4288  1.1  christos 
   4289  1.1  christos       howto = elf_hppa_howto_table + r_type;
   4290  1.1  christos 
   4291  1.1  christos       if (rstatus == bfd_reloc_undefined || rstatus == bfd_reloc_notsupported)
   4292  1.1  christos 	{
   4293  1.1  christos 	  if (rstatus == bfd_reloc_notsupported || !warned_undef)
   4294  1.1  christos 	    {
   4295  1.1  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4296  1.1  christos 		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot handle %s for %s"),
   4297  1.1  christos 		 input_bfd,
   4298  1.1  christos 		 input_section,
   4299  1.1  christos 		 (long) rela->r_offset,
   4300  1.1  christos 		 howto->name,
   4301  1.1  christos 		 sym_name);
   4302  1.1  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4303  1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   4304  1.1  christos 	    }
   4305  1.1  christos 	}
   4306  1.1  christos       else
   4307  1.1  christos 	{
   4308  1.1  christos 	  if (!((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   4309  1.1  christos 		(info, (hh ? &hh->eh.root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
   4310  1.1  christos 		 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rela->r_offset)))
   4311  1.1  christos 	    return FALSE;
   4312  1.1  christos 	}
   4313  1.1  christos     }
   4314  1.1  christos 
   4315  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4316  1.1  christos }
   4317  1.1  christos 
   4318  1.1  christos /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4319  1.1  christos    dynamic sections here.  */
   4320  1.1  christos 
   4321  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   4322  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   4323  1.1  christos 				  struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4324  1.1  christos 				  struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh,
   4325  1.1  christos 				  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   4326  1.1  christos {
   4327  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   4328  1.1  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4329  1.1  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   4330  1.1  christos 
   4331  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   4332  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   4333  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   4334  1.1  christos 
   4335  1.1  christos   if (eh->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4336  1.1  christos     {
   4337  1.1  christos       bfd_vma value;
   4338  1.1  christos 
   4339  1.1  christos       if (eh->plt.offset & 1)
   4340  1.1  christos 	abort ();
   4341  1.1  christos 
   4342  1.1  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   4343  1.1  christos 	 it up.
   4344  1.1  christos 
   4345  1.1  christos 	 The format of a plt entry is
   4346  1.1  christos 	 <funcaddr>
   4347  1.1  christos 	 <__gp>
   4348  1.1  christos       */
   4349  1.1  christos       value = 0;
   4350  1.1  christos       if (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4351  1.1  christos 	  || eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4352  1.1  christos 	{
   4353  1.1  christos 	  value = eh->root.u.def.value;
   4354  1.1  christos 	  if (eh->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
   4355  1.1  christos 	    value += (eh->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4356  1.1  christos 		      + eh->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
   4357  1.1  christos 	}
   4358  1.1  christos 
   4359  1.1  christos       /* Create a dynamic IPLT relocation for this entry.  */
   4360  1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (eh->plt.offset
   4361  1.1  christos 		      + htab->splt->output_offset
   4362  1.1  christos 		      + htab->splt->output_section->vma);
   4363  1.1  christos       if (eh->dynindx != -1)
   4364  1.1  christos 	{
   4365  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (eh->dynindx, R_PARISC_IPLT);
   4366  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   4367  1.1  christos 	}
   4368  1.1  christos       else
   4369  1.1  christos 	{
   4370  1.1  christos 	  /* This symbol has been marked to become local, and is
   4371  1.1  christos 	     used by a plabel so must be kept in the .plt.  */
   4372  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_IPLT);
   4373  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = value;
   4374  1.1  christos 	}
   4375  1.1  christos 
   4376  1.1  christos       loc = htab->srelplt->contents;
   4377  1.1  christos       loc += htab->srelplt->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4378  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (htab->splt->output_section->owner, &rela, loc);
   4379  1.1  christos 
   4380  1.1  christos       if (!eh->def_regular)
   4381  1.1  christos 	{
   4382  1.1  christos 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   4383  1.1  christos 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   4384  1.1  christos 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4385  1.1  christos 	}
   4386  1.1  christos     }
   4387  1.1  christos 
   4388  1.1  christos   if (eh->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   4389  1.1  christos       && (hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == 0
   4390  1.1  christos       && (hppa_elf_hash_entry (eh)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0)
   4391  1.1  christos     {
   4392  1.1  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   4393  1.1  christos 	 up.  */
   4394  1.1  christos 
   4395  1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = ((eh->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1)
   4396  1.1  christos 		      + htab->sgot->output_offset
   4397  1.1  christos 		      + htab->sgot->output_section->vma);
   4398  1.1  christos 
   4399  1.1  christos       /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   4400  1.1  christos 	 locally or was forced to be local because of a version file,
   4401  1.1  christos 	 we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  The entry in the
   4402  1.1  christos 	 global offset table will already have been initialized in the
   4403  1.1  christos 	 relocate_section function.  */
   4404  1.1  christos       if (info->shared
   4405  1.1  christos 	  && (info->symbolic || eh->dynindx == -1)
   4406  1.1  christos 	  && eh->def_regular)
   4407  1.1  christos 	{
   4408  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PARISC_DIR32);
   4409  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = (eh->root.u.def.value
   4410  1.1  christos 			  + eh->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4411  1.1  christos 			  + eh->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
   4412  1.1  christos 	}
   4413  1.1  christos       else
   4414  1.1  christos 	{
   4415  1.1  christos 	  if ((eh->got.offset & 1) != 0)
   4416  1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   4417  1.1  christos 
   4418  1.1  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, htab->sgot->contents + (eh->got.offset & ~1));
   4419  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (eh->dynindx, R_PARISC_DIR32);
   4420  1.1  christos 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   4421  1.1  christos 	}
   4422  1.1  christos 
   4423  1.1  christos       loc = htab->srelgot->contents;
   4424  1.1  christos       loc += htab->srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4425  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4426  1.1  christos     }
   4427  1.1  christos 
   4428  1.1  christos   if (eh->needs_copy)
   4429  1.1  christos     {
   4430  1.1  christos       asection *sec;
   4431  1.1  christos 
   4432  1.1  christos       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   4433  1.1  christos 
   4434  1.1  christos       if (! (eh->dynindx != -1
   4435  1.1  christos 	     && (eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4436  1.1  christos 		 || eh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)))
   4437  1.1  christos 	abort ();
   4438  1.1  christos 
   4439  1.1  christos       sec = htab->srelbss;
   4440  1.1  christos 
   4441  1.1  christos       rela.r_offset = (eh->root.u.def.value
   4442  1.1  christos 		      + eh->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4443  1.1  christos 		      + eh->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
   4444  1.1  christos       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4445  1.1  christos       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (eh->dynindx, R_PARISC_COPY);
   4446  1.1  christos       loc = sec->contents + sec->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4447  1.1  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4448  1.1  christos     }
   4449  1.1  christos 
   4450  1.1  christos   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  */
   4451  1.1  christos   if (eh_name (eh)[0] == '_'
   4452  1.1  christos       && (strcmp (eh_name (eh), "_DYNAMIC") == 0
   4453  1.1  christos 	  || eh == htab->etab.hgot))
   4454  1.1  christos     {
   4455  1.1  christos       sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   4456  1.1  christos     }
   4457  1.1  christos 
   4458  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4459  1.1  christos }
   4460  1.1  christos 
   4461  1.1  christos /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
   4462  1.1  christos    dynamic linker, before writing them out.  */
   4463  1.1  christos 
   4464  1.1  christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   4465  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   4466  1.1  christos {
   4467  1.1  christos   /* Handle TLS relocs first; we don't want them to be marked
   4468  1.1  christos      relative by the "if (ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info) == STN_UNDEF)"
   4469  1.1  christos      check below.  */
   4470  1.1  christos   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   4471  1.1  christos     {
   4472  1.1  christos       case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPMOD32:
   4473  1.1  christos       case R_PARISC_TLS_DTPOFF32:
   4474  1.1  christos       case R_PARISC_TLS_TPREL32:
   4475  1.1  christos         return reloc_class_normal;
   4476  1.1  christos     }
   4477  1.1  christos 
   4478  1.1  christos   if (ELF32_R_SYM (rela->r_info) == STN_UNDEF)
   4479  1.1  christos     return reloc_class_relative;
   4480  1.1  christos 
   4481  1.1  christos   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   4482  1.1  christos     {
   4483  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_IPLT:
   4484  1.1  christos       return reloc_class_plt;
   4485  1.1  christos     case R_PARISC_COPY:
   4486  1.1  christos       return reloc_class_copy;
   4487  1.1  christos     default:
   4488  1.1  christos       return reloc_class_normal;
   4489  1.1  christos     }
   4490  1.1  christos }
   4491  1.1  christos 
   4492  1.1  christos /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   4493  1.1  christos 
   4494  1.1  christos static bfd_boolean
   4495  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   4496  1.1  christos 				    struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4497  1.1  christos {
   4498  1.1  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   4499  1.1  christos   struct elf32_hppa_link_hash_table *htab;
   4500  1.1  christos   asection *sdyn;
   4501  1.1  christos 
   4502  1.1  christos   htab = hppa_link_hash_table (info);
   4503  1.1  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   4504  1.1  christos     return FALSE;
   4505  1.1  christos 
   4506  1.1  christos   dynobj = htab->etab.dynobj;
   4507  1.1  christos 
   4508  1.1  christos   sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   4509  1.1  christos 
   4510  1.1  christos   if (htab->etab.dynamic_sections_created)
   4511  1.1  christos     {
   4512  1.1  christos       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   4513  1.1  christos 
   4514  1.1  christos       if (sdyn == NULL)
   4515  1.1  christos 	abort ();
   4516  1.1  christos 
   4517  1.1  christos       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   4518  1.1  christos       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   4519  1.1  christos       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   4520  1.1  christos 	{
   4521  1.1  christos 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   4522  1.1  christos 	  asection *s;
   4523  1.1  christos 
   4524  1.1  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   4525  1.1  christos 
   4526  1.1  christos 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   4527  1.1  christos 	    {
   4528  1.1  christos 	    default:
   4529  1.1  christos 	      continue;
   4530  1.1  christos 
   4531  1.1  christos 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   4532  1.1  christos 	      /* Use PLTGOT to set the GOT register.  */
   4533  1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = elf_gp (output_bfd);
   4534  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4535  1.1  christos 
   4536  1.1  christos 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   4537  1.1  christos 	      s = htab->srelplt;
   4538  1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   4539  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4540  1.1  christos 
   4541  1.1  christos 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   4542  1.1  christos 	      s = htab->srelplt;
   4543  1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   4544  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4545  1.1  christos 
   4546  1.1  christos 	    case DT_RELASZ:
   4547  1.1  christos 	      /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
   4548  1.1  christos 		 overall reloc count.  */
   4549  1.1  christos 	      s = htab->srelplt;
   4550  1.1  christos 	      if (s == NULL)
   4551  1.1  christos 		continue;
   4552  1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
   4553  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4554  1.1  christos 
   4555  1.1  christos 	    case DT_RELA:
   4556  1.1  christos 	      /* We may not be using the standard ELF linker script.
   4557  1.1  christos 		 If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, we adjust
   4558  1.1  christos 		 DT_RELA to not include it.  */
   4559  1.1  christos 	      s = htab->srelplt;
   4560  1.1  christos 	      if (s == NULL)
   4561  1.1  christos 		continue;
   4562  1.1  christos 	      if (dyn.d_un.d_ptr != s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset)
   4563  1.1  christos 		continue;
   4564  1.1  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr += s->size;
   4565  1.1  christos 	      break;
   4566  1.1  christos 	    }
   4567  1.1  christos 
   4568  1.1  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4569  1.1  christos 	}
   4570  1.1  christos     }
   4571  1.1  christos 
   4572  1.1  christos   if (htab->sgot != NULL && htab->sgot->size != 0)
   4573  1.1  christos     {
   4574  1.1  christos       /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
   4575  1.1  christos 	 We use it to point to our dynamic section, if we have one.  */
   4576  1.1  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4577  1.1  christos 		  sdyn ? sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset : 0,
   4578  1.1  christos 		  htab->sgot->contents);
   4579  1.1  christos 
   4580  1.1  christos       /* The second entry is reserved for use by the dynamic linker.  */
   4581  1.1  christos       memset (htab->sgot->contents + GOT_ENTRY_SIZE, 0, GOT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   4582  1.1  christos 
   4583  1.1  christos       /* Set .got entry size.  */
   4584  1.1  christos       elf_section_data (htab->sgot->output_section)
   4585  1.1  christos 	->this_hdr.sh_entsize = GOT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4586  1.1  christos     }
   4587  1.1  christos 
   4588  1.1  christos   if (htab->splt != NULL && htab->splt->size != 0)
   4589  1.1  christos     {
   4590  1.1  christos       /* Set plt entry size.  */
   4591  1.1  christos       elf_section_data (htab->splt->output_section)
   4592  1.1  christos 	->this_hdr.sh_entsize = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   4593  1.1  christos 
   4594  1.1  christos       if (htab->need_plt_stub)
   4595  1.1  christos 	{
   4596  1.1  christos 	  /* Set up the .plt stub.  */
   4597  1.1  christos 	  memcpy (htab->splt->contents
   4598  1.1  christos 		  + htab->splt->size - sizeof (plt_stub),
   4599  1.1  christos 		  plt_stub, sizeof (plt_stub));
   4600  1.1  christos 
   4601  1.1  christos 	  if ((htab->splt->output_offset
   4602  1.1  christos 	       + htab->splt->output_section->vma
   4603  1.1  christos 	       + htab->splt->size)
   4604  1.1  christos 	      != (htab->sgot->output_offset
   4605  1.1  christos 		  + htab->sgot->output_section->vma))
   4606  1.1  christos 	    {
   4607  1.1  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4608  1.1  christos 		(_(".got section not immediately after .plt section"));
   4609  1.1  christos 	      return FALSE;
   4610  1.1  christos 	    }
   4611  1.1  christos 	}
   4612  1.1  christos     }
   4613  1.1  christos 
   4614  1.1  christos   return TRUE;
   4615  1.1  christos }
   4616  1.1  christos 
   4617  1.1  christos /* Called when writing out an object file to decide the type of a
   4618  1.1  christos    symbol.  */
   4619  1.1  christos static int
   4620  1.1  christos elf32_hppa_elf_get_symbol_type (Elf_Internal_Sym *elf_sym, int type)
   4621  1.1  christos {
   4622  1.1  christos   if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_sym->st_info) == STT_PARISC_MILLI)
   4623  1.1  christos     return STT_PARISC_MILLI;
   4624  1.1  christos   else
   4625  1.1  christos     return type;
   4626  1.1  christos }
   4627  1.1  christos 
   4628  1.1  christos /* Misc BFD support code.  */
   4629  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_local_label_name    elf_hppa_is_local_label_name
   4630  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	     elf_hppa_reloc_type_lookup
   4631  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup      elf_hppa_reloc_name_lookup
   4632  1.1  christos #define elf_info_to_howto		     elf_hppa_info_to_howto
   4633  1.1  christos #define elf_info_to_howto_rel		     elf_hppa_info_to_howto_rel
   4634  1.1  christos 
   4635  1.1  christos /* Stuff for the BFD linker.  */
   4636  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link	     elf32_hppa_final_link
   4637  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_create
   4638  1.1  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_free   elf32_hppa_link_hash_table_free
   4639  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol    elf32_hppa_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4640  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol     elf32_hppa_copy_indirect_symbol
   4641  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_check_relocs	     elf32_hppa_check_relocs
   4642  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections  elf32_hppa_create_dynamic_sections
   4643  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_fake_sections	     elf_hppa_fake_sections
   4644  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_relocate_section	     elf32_hppa_relocate_section
   4645  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_hide_symbol		     elf32_hppa_hide_symbol
   4646  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol    elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4647  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections  elf32_hppa_finish_dynamic_sections
   4648  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections    elf32_hppa_size_dynamic_sections
   4649  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_init_index_section	     _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4650  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	     elf32_hppa_gc_mark_hook
   4651  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook	     elf32_hppa_gc_sweep_hook
   4652  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus	     elf32_hppa_grok_prstatus
   4653  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo		     elf32_hppa_grok_psinfo
   4654  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_object_p		     elf32_hppa_object_p
   4655  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_final_write_processing   elf_hppa_final_write_processing
   4656  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_post_process_headers     _bfd_elf_set_osabi
   4657  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_get_symbol_type	     elf32_hppa_elf_get_symbol_type
   4658  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	     elf32_hppa_reloc_type_class
   4659  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_action_discarded	     elf_hppa_action_discarded
   4660  1.1  christos 
   4661  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections	     1
   4662  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_can_refcount	     1
   4663  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_alignment	     2
   4664  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_got_plt	     0
   4665  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_plt_readonly	     0
   4666  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	     0
   4667  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_got_header_size	     8
   4668  1.1  christos #define elf_backend_rela_normal		     1
   4669  1.1  christos 
   4670  1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		bfd_elf32_hppa_vec
   4671  1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-hppa"
   4672  1.1  christos #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_hppa
   4673  1.1  christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID		HPPA32_ELF_DATA
   4674  1.1  christos #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_PARISC
   4675  1.1  christos #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x1000
   4676  1.1  christos #define ELF_OSABI		ELFOSABI_HPUX
   4677  1.1  christos #define elf32_bed		elf32_hppa_hpux_bed
   4678  1.1  christos 
   4679  1.1  christos #include "elf32-target.h"
   4680  1.1  christos 
   4681  1.1  christos #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
   4682  1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		bfd_elf32_hppa_linux_vec
   4683  1.1  christos #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
   4684  1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-hppa-linux"
   4685  1.1  christos #undef ELF_OSABI
   4686  1.1  christos #define ELF_OSABI		ELFOSABI_LINUX
   4687  1.1  christos #undef elf32_bed
   4688  1.1  christos #define elf32_bed		elf32_hppa_linux_bed
   4689  1.1  christos 
   4690  1.1  christos #include "elf32-target.h"
   4691  1.1  christos 
   4692  1.1  christos #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
   4693  1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		bfd_elf32_hppa_nbsd_vec
   4694  1.1  christos #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
   4695  1.1  christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-hppa-netbsd"
   4696  1.1  christos #undef ELF_OSABI
   4697  1.1  christos #define ELF_OSABI		ELFOSABI_NETBSD
   4698  1.1  christos #undef elf32_bed
   4699  1.1  christos #define elf32_bed		elf32_hppa_netbsd_bed
   4700  1.1  christos 
   4701  1.1  christos #include "elf32-target.h"
   4702